10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

———————

FORM 10-K

———————

ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2007

or

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from: _____________ to _____________

———————

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

———————

South Carolina	000-28333	58-2455445
(State or Other Jurisdiction	(Commission	(I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)	File Number)	Identification No.)

36 Sea Island Parkway, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

 (Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code)

(843) 522-1228

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:                              None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:                              Common Stock, $.01 par value.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨    No ý

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨    No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or  information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company ¨ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨    No ý

The aggregate value of the voting common equity held by nonaffiliates as of June 29, 2007, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $41,416,320 based on the price at which the common stock last sold on such day.  This price reflects inter-dealer prices without retail mark up, mark down, or commissions, and may not represent actual transactions

2,570,560 shares of common stock were outstanding as of March 7, 2008.

  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, scheduled to be held on May 16, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

Table of Contents

		Page
PART 1.
	1. Description of Business	3
	1A. Risk Factors	12
	1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	14
	2. Description of Property	15
	3. Legal Proceedings	15
	4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	15
PART II.
	5. Market for Common Equity Related Stockholder Matters	16
	6. Selected Financial Data	16
	7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation	16
	7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks	30
	8. Financial Statements	31
	9.      Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	59
	9A.   Controls and Procedures	59
	9B. Other Information	59
PART III.
	10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance;	60
	11. Executive Compensation	60
	12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	60
	13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. And Director Independence	61
	14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services	61
	15. Exhibits	61

PART I.

Item 1.

Description of Business

This Report contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are based on many assumptions and estimates and are not guarantees of future performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements, as they will depend on many factors about which we are unsure, including many factors which are beyond our control. The words “may,”  “would,” “could,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “plan,” and “estimate,” as well as similar expressions, are meant to identify such forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to those described below under “Risk Factors.”

General

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. was incorporated in June, 1999 to operate as a bank holding company pursuant to the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and the South Carolina Banking and Branching Efficiency Act, and to purchase 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of Lowcountry National Bank, an association organized under the laws of the United States. Lowcountry National Bank opened for business on May 10, 2000. On October 1, 2005, Coastal merged with First Capital Bank Holding Corporation, and, by virtue of the merger, acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of First National Bank of Nassau County (“First National Bank”). On October 27, 2006, Coastal acquired the Meigs, Georgia office of Cairo Banking Company, a Georgia state bank, from Ameris Bancorp through the merger of Cairo Banking Company with and into First National Bank. The acquisition allows Coastal to establish full service banking operations in Georgia. First National cur rently operates the Meigs office as a branch office under the name of the First National Bank of Nassau County, doing business as The Georgia Bank. Through our subsidiaries, we conduct a general commercial and retail banking business principally in the markets of Beaufort County, South Carolina, Nassau County, Florida and Thomas County, Georgia. First National Bank also operates loan production offices in Jacksonville, Florida and Savannah, Georgia, as well as a wholesale mortgage office in Atlanta, Georgia.  Additionally, in February 2008, Lowcountry National Bank opened a loan production office in Charleston, South Carolina.  First National Bank also operated a loan production office in Atlanta, Georgia from May 2007 until March 2008 when it closed the office in order to reallocate resources to the Charleston market and the Atlanta wholesale mortgage office.

Location and Service Area

Our primary service areas consist of the areas within a 20 mile radius of the main offices of Lowcountry National Bank in Beaufort County, South Carolina, First National Bank in Nassau County, Florida, and First National Bank d/b/a The Georgia Bank in Thomas County, Georgia. The primary service area of Lowcountry National Bank covers a large portion of Beaufort County, including Beaufort, Bluffton, Burton, Callawassie Island, Coosaw, Dataw Island, Harbor Island, Hilton Head Island, Hunting Island, Fripp Island, Ladys Island, Port Royal, Spring Island, St. Helena Island, and the rapidly growing Sun City. The primary service area of First National Bank includes the communities of Amelia Island, Fernandina Beach, O’Neil and Yulee, Florida. First National Bank also serves the Savannah, Georgia; Atlanta, Georgia; and Jacksonville, Florida market areas through loan production offices.

Lending Activities

General: We emphasize a range of lending services, including real estate, commercial, and consumer loans to individuals and small- to medium-sized businesses and professional firms that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in the banks’ market areas.

Loan Approval and Review:  The banks’ loan approval policies provide for various levels of officer lending authority. When the amount of aggregate loans to a single borrower exceeds an individual officer’s lending authority, the loan request will be considered and approved by an officers’ loan committee with a higher lending limit or the directors’ loan committee, which has the authority to approve loans up to the legal lending limit of the bank. Neither bank may make any loans to any director, officer, or employee of the bank that, in the aggregate, exceeds $500,000 unless approved by the board of directors of the bank and made on terms not more favorable to such person than would be available to a person not affiliated with the bank. The banks currently adhere to Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines in its mortgage loan

3

review process, but may choose to alter this policy in the future. The banks currently sell their mortgage loans on the secondary market, but may, on occasion, choose to hold them in the portfolio in the future.

Lending Limits:  The banks’ lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by federal law. In general, the banks are each subject to a legal limit on loans to a single borrower equal to 15% of each bank’s capital and unimpaired surplus. Different limits may apply in certain circumstances based on the type of loan or the nature of the borrower, including the borrower’s relationship to the banks. These limits will increase or decrease as each bank’s capital increases or decreases. Based upon Lowcountry National Bank’s capitalization of $17,619,000 as of December 31, 2007, the bank has a self-imposed loan limit of $2,833,000, which represents 98% of our regulatory legal lending limit of $2,892,000. Based upon First National Bank's capitalization of $22,101,000 as of December 31, 2007, it had a self imposed legal lending limit of $2,500,000, which represents approximately 69% of its regulatory legal lending limit of $3,608,000 . Unless the banks are able to sell participations in its loans to other financial institutions, the banks will not be able to meet all of the lending needs of loan customers requiring aggregate extensions of credit above these limits.

Real Estate and Mortgage Loans:  Loans secured by first or second mortgages on real estate make up approximately 95% of Lowcountry National’s loan portfolio, 95% of First National Bank’s portfolio, and 95% of the consolidated loan portfolio. These loans generally fall into one of three categories: commercial real estate loans, construction and development loans, or residential real estate loans. Each of these categories is discussed in more detail below, including their specific risks. Home equity loans are not included because they are classified as consumer loans, which are discussed below. Interest rates for all categories may be fixed or adjustable, and will more likely be fixed for shorter-term loans. The banks generally charge origination fees for each loan.

Real estate loans are subject to the same general risks as other loans. They are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in the value of real estate. Fluctuations in the value of real estate, as well as other factors arising after a loan has been made, could negatively affect a borrower’s cash flow, creditworthiness, and ability to repay the loan.

We have the ability to originate real estate loans for sale into the secondary market. We can limit our interest rate and credit risk on these loans by locking the interest rate for each loan with the secondary investor and receiving the investor’s underwriting approval prior to originating the loan.

Commercial Real Estate Loans:  Commercial real estate loans generally have terms of five years or less, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis. We evaluate each borrower on an individual basis and attempt to determine its business risks and credit profile. We attempt to reduce credit risk in the commercial real estate portfolio by emphasizing loans on owner-occupied office and retail buildings where the loan-to-value ratio, established by independent appraisals, does not exceed 80%. We generally require that debtor cash flow exceed 115% of monthly debt service obligations. We typically review all of the personal financial statements of the principal owners at the time of loan and annually afterward.  We also require their personal guarantees.  These reviews generally reveal secondary sources of payment and liquidity to support a loan request.

Construction and Development Real Estate Loans:  We offer adjustable and fixed rate residential and commercial construction loans to builders and developers and to consumers who wish to build their own home. The term of construction and development loans generally is limited to eighteen months, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis. Most loans will mature and require payment in full upon the sale of the property. Construction and development loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long term financing of existing properties. Repayment depends on the ultimate completion of the project and usually on the sale of the property. Specific risks include cost overruns, mismanaged construction, inferior or improper construction techniques, economic changes or downturns during construction, a downturn in the real estate market, rising interest rates which may prevent sale of the property, and failure to sell completed projects in a time ly manner.

We attempt to reduce risk by obtaining personal guarantees where possible, and by keeping the loan-to-value ratio of the completed project below specified percentages. We may also reduce risk by selling participations in larger loans to other institutions when possible.

Residential Real Estate Loans:  Residential real estate loans generally have longer terms up to 30 years. We offer fixed and adjustable rate mortgages. We have limited credit risk on these loans as most are sold to third parties soon after closing.

4

Commercial Loans:  Our banks make loans for commercial purposes in various lines of businesses. Commercial loans are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or if they are secured, the value of the security may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease than real estate.

Equipment loans typically are made for a term of five years or less at fixed or variable rates, with the loan fully amortized over the term and secured by the financed equipment and with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% or less. We focus our efforts on commercial loans less than $500,000. Working capital loans typically have terms not exceeding one year and usually are secured by accounts receivable, inventory, or personal guarantees of the principals of the business. For loans secured by accounts receivable or inventory, principal typically is repaid as the assets securing the loan are converted into cash, and in other cases principal typically will be due at maturity. Asset based lending, leasing, and factoring are offered through third party vendors who can handle the paper work and servicing and generally assume most of the credit risk. Trade letters of credit, standby letters of credit, and foreign exchange are handled through a correspondent bank as agent for the bank.

We offer small business loans utilizing government enhancements such as the Small Business Administration’s 7(a) program and 504 programs. These loans typically are partially guaranteed by the government, which may help to reduce the banks’ risk. Government guarantees of SBA loans generally do not exceed 80% of the loan value and are generally less, although SBA will guarantee up to 85% on loans of $150,000 or less.

The well established banks in the Beaufort County and Nassau County areas make proportionately more loans to medium to large-sized businesses than we do. Many of the banks’ commercial loans are made to small- to medium-sized businesses which may be less able to withstand competitive, economic, and financial conditions than larger borrowers.

Consumer Loans:  Our banks make a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment loans and revolving lines of credit. Installment loans typically carry balances of less than $50,000 and are amortized over periods up to 60 months. Consumer loans may be offered on a single maturity basis where a specific source of repayment is available. Revolving loan products typically require monthly payments of interest and a portion of the principal. Consumer loans are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or if they are secured, the value of the security may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease than real estate.

We also offer home equity loans. Our underwriting criteria for and the risks associated with home equity loans and lines of credit generally are the same as those for first mortgage loans. Home equity lines of credit typically have terms of 15 years or less, carry balances less than $125,000, and may extend up to 90% of the available equity of each property.

Deposits:   The banks offer a wide range of commercial and consumer deposit accounts, including checking accounts, money market accounts, a variety of certificates of deposit, and individual retirement accounts.  The primary sources of deposits are residents of, and businesses and their employees located in, our primary market areas.  Deposits are obtained through personal solicitation by officers and directors, direct mail solicitations and advertisements published in the local media.  To attract deposits, the banks offer a broad line of competitively priced deposit products and services.

Supervision And Regulation

Coastal Banking Company, Inc., Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank are subject to extensive state and federal banking regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of their operations. These laws generally are intended to protect depositors and not shareholders. Legislation and regulations authorized by legislation influence, among other things:

·

how, when and where we may expand geographically;

·

into what product or service market we may enter;

·

how we must manage our assets; and

·

under what circumstances money may or must flow between the parent bank holding company and the subsidiary bank.

5

Set forth below is an explanation of the major pieces of legislation affecting our industry and how that legislation affects our actions.  The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed.  Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects, and legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities may significantly affect our operations.  We cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

Because Coastal Banking Company, Inc. owns all of the capital stock of Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank, Coastal Banking Company, Inc. is a bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the Bank Holding Company Act). As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company located in South Carolina, the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions also regulates and monitors all significant aspects of our operations.

Acquisitions of Banks:  The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the Federal Reserve’s prior approval before:

·

acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the bank’s voting shares;

·

acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or

·

merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company.

Additionally, the Bank Holding Company Act provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned. The Federal Reserve’s consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed below.

Under the Bank Holding Company Act, if we are adequately capitalized and adequately managed, we may purchase a bank located outside of South Carolina or Florida. However, the laws of the other state may impose restrictions on the acquisition of a bank that has only been in existence for a limited amount of time or that would result in specified concentrations of deposits. For example, South Carolina law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring control of a bank until the target bank has been incorporated for five years. Because Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank have each been chartered for a sufficient amount of time, this restriction would not limit our ability to sell.

Change in Bank Control:  Subject to various exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company. Control is rebuttably presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities and either:

·

the bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or

·

no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.

The regulations provide a procedure for challenging rebuttable presumptions of control. 

6

Permitted Activities.  The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than banking or managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries and from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.  Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act have expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company.  Under the regulations implementing the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activity.  Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities.  

To qualify to become a financial holding company, the banks and any other depository institution subsidiary of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. must be well capitalized and well managed and must have a Community Reinvestment Act rating of at least “satisfactory.”  Additionally, Coastal Banking Company, Inc, must file an election with the Federal Reserve to become a financial holding company and must provide the Federal Reserve with 30 days’ written notice prior to engaging in a permitted financial activity. While we meet the qualification standards applicable to financial holding companies, we have not elected to become a financial holding company at this time.

Support of Subsidiary Institution:  Under Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength for the banks and to commit resources to support them. This support may be required at times when, without this Federal Reserve policy, we might not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans made by us to the banks will be repaid only after their deposits and various other obligations are repaid in full. In the unlikely event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the banks will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank of Nassau County

Because Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank are chartered as national banks, they are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the National Bank Act and the regulations of the OCC. The OCC regularly examines the banks’ operations and has the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The OCC also has the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. Because the banks’ deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law, they are also subject to certain FDIC regulations. The banks are also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect its business, activities and operations.

Branching:  National banks are required by the National Bank Act to adhere to branching laws applicable to state banks in the states in which their main office is located. Under both South Carolina and Florida law, the banks may open branch offices throughout their respective home states with the prior approval of the OCC. In addition, with prior regulatory approval, both banks may acquire branches of existing banks located in their respective home states. The banks and any other national or state-chartered bank generally may branch across state lines by merging with banks in other states if allowed by the target states’ laws. South Carolina and Florida law, with limited exceptions, currently permit branching across state lines only through interstate mergers.  On October 27, 2006, First National Bank of Nassau County acquired branching rights in Georgia through the acquisition of  Cairo Banking Company, a Georgia state bank, pursu ant to the merger of Cairo Banking Company with and into First National Bank.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, states may “opt-in” and allow out-of-state banks to branch into their state by establishing a new start-up branch in the state. Currently, neither South Carolina, Florida nor Georgia has opted-in to this provision. Therefore, interstate merger is the only method through which a bank located outside of these states may branch into them. This provides a limited barrier of entry into the South Carolina, Florida and Georgia banking markets, which protects us from an important segment of potential competition. However, because neither South Carolina nor Florida has elected to opt-in, our ability to establish a new start-up branch of either bank in another state is limited. Many states that have elected to opt-in have done so on a reciprocal basis, meaning that an out-of-state bank may establish a new start-up branch only if their home state has also elected to opt-in. Consequently, until either South Carolina or Florida change s its election, the only way we will be able to branch into states that have elected to opt-in on a reciprocal basis will be through interstate merger.

7

Prompt Corrective Action:  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) into which all institutions are placed. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category.   As of December 31, 2007, the banks qualified for the well-capitalized category.

Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

FDIC Insurance Assessments:  The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system for insured depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities.  The system assesses higher rates on those institutions that pose greater risks to the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”).  The FDIC places each institution in one of four risk categories using a two-step process based first on capital ratios (the capital group assignment) and then on other relevant information (the supervisory group assignment).  Within the lower risk category, Risk Category I, rates will vary based on each institution’s CAMELS component ratings, certain financial ratios, and long-term debt issuer ratings.

Capital group assignments are made quarterly and an institution is assigned to one of three capital categories: (1) well capitalized; (2) adequately capitalized; and (3) undercapitalized.  These three categories are substantially similar to the prompt corrective action categories described above, with the “undercapitalized” category including institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized for prompt corrective action purposes.  The FDIC also assigns an institution to one of three supervisory subgroups based on a supervisory evaluation that the institution’s primary federal banking regulator provides to the FDIC and information that the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds.  Assessments range from 5 to 43 cents per $100 of deposits, depending on the institution’s capital group and supervisory subgroup.  Institutions that are well capitalized will be charged a rate between 5 and 7 cents per $100 of deposits.

The FDIC may terminate its insurance of deposits if it finds that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Community Reinvestment Act:  The Community Reinvestment Act requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their respective jurisdictions, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC or the OCC shall evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods.  These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on Lowcountry National Bank or First National Bank.  Additionally, we must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:  The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (the “ALLL”) represents one of the most significant estimates in the banks’ financial statements and regulatory reports.  Because of its significance, the each bank has developed a system by which it develops, maintains and documents a comprehensive, systematic and consistently applied process for determining the amounts of the ALLL and the provision for loan and lease losses.  The Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, issued on December 13, 2006, encourages all banks to ensure controls are in place to consistently determine the ALLL in accordance with GAAP, the bank’s stated policies and procedures, management’s best judgment and relevant supervisory guidance.  Consistent with supervisory guidance, the each bank maintains a prudent and conservative, but not excessive, ALLL, that is at a le vel that is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan and lease portfolio.  The banks’ estimate of credit losses reflects consideration of all significant factors that affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Critical Accounting Policies.”

8

Commercial Real Estate Lending:  The banks’ lending operations may be subject to enhanced scrutiny by federal banking regulators based on its concentration of commercial real estate loans.  On December 6, 2006, the federal banking regulators issued final guidance to remind financial institutions of the risk posed by commercial real estate (“CRE”) lending concentrations.  CRE loans generally include land development, construction loans and loans secured by multifamily property, and nonfarm, nonresidential real property where the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property.  

Other Regulations:  Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the each bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.  Each bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the 

·

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

·

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

·

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

·

Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identify theft protections, and certain credit and other disclosures;

·

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

·

Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended by the Servicemembers’ Civil Relief Act, governing the repayment terms of, and property rights underlying, secured obligations of persons currently on active duty with the United States military;

·

Talent Amendment in the 2007 Defense Authorization Act, establishing a 36% annual percentage rate ceiling, which includes a variety of charges including late fees, for consumer loans to military service members and their dependents; and

·

rules and regulations of the various federal banking regulators charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

Each Bank’s deposit operations are subject to federal laws applicable to depository accounts, such as the:

·

Truth-In-Savings Act, requiring certain disclosures for consumer deposit accounts;

·

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

·

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

·

rules and regulations of the various federal banking regulators charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

Capital Adequacy

Coastal Banking Company, Inc., Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve, in the case of Coastal Banking Company, Inc., and the OCC, in the case of the banks. The Federal Reserve has established a risk-based and a leverage measure of capital adequacy for bank holding companies. Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank are subject to risk-based and leverage capital requirements adopted by the OCC, which are substantially similar to those adopted by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies.

9

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance-sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance-sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items.

The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. Total capital consists of two components, Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital. Tier 1 Capital generally consists of common stock, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated depository institution subsidiaries, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock in consolidated non-depository subsidiaries and a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets. Tier 1 Capital must equal at least 4% of risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 Capital generally consists of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan loss reserves. The total amount of Tier 2 Capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 Capital. At December 31, 2007 our ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets was 14.49% and our ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets was 13.36%.

In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average assets, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets, of 3% for bank holding companies that meet specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating and implementing the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%. At December 31, 2007, our leverage ratio was 10.41%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve considers the leverage ratio and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits and certain other restrictions on its business. As described above, significant additional restrictions can be imposed on FDIC-insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements.

Payment of Dividends

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from both Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank. The principal sources of Coastal Banking Company, Inc.’s cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to its shareholders, are dividends that Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank to Coastal Banking Company, Inc. as its sole shareholder. Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the banks’ payment of dividends to Coastal Banking Company, Inc. as well as to Coastal Banking Company, Inc.’s payment of dividends to its shareholders.

Each bank is required by federal law to obtain prior approval of the OCC for payments of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by each bank’s Board of Directors in any year will exceed (1) the total of the bank’s net profits for that year, plus (2) the bank’s retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The payment of dividends by Coastal Banking Company, Inc., Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank may also be affected by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines.

In addition, the OCC may require, after notice and a hearing that Lowcountry National Bank or First National Bank stop or refrain from engaging any practice it considers unsafe or unsound. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, a depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

10

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates

Coastal Banking Company, Inc., Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank are subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 23A places limits on the amount of:

·

a bank’s loans or extensions of credit to affiliates;

·

a bank’s investment in affiliates;

·

assets a bank may purchase from affiliates, except for real and personal property exempted by the Federal Reserve;

·

loans or extensions of credit to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates; and

·

a bank’s guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate.

The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of a bank’s capital and surplus. In addition to the limitation on the amount of these transactions, each of the above transactions must also meet specified collateral requirements. Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid the taking of low-quality assets.

Coastal Banking Company, Inc., Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank are also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibit an institution from engaging in the above transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to their executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests. These extensions of credit (1) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties and (2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging potential changes to the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating and doing business in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

Effect of Governmental Monetary Polices

Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve has, and is likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The Federal Reserve affects the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its control over the issuance of United States government securities, its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject. We cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

Deposit Services

Through our subsidiary banks, we offer a full range of deposit services that are typically available in most banks and savings and loan associations, including checking accounts, commercial accounts, savings accounts, and other time deposits of various types, ranging from daily money market accounts to longer-term certificates of deposit. The transaction accounts and time certificates are tailored to our primary market areas at rates competitive in the market area. In addition, we offer certain retirement account services, such as IRAs. We solicit these accounts from individuals, businesses, associations, organizations, and governmental authorities.

11

Other Banking Services

Our banks also offer other bank services including drive up ATMs, safe deposit boxes, traveler’s checks, direct deposit, U.S. Savings Bonds, banking by mail, and internet banking. The banks are associated with the Plus and Star ATM networks, which may be used by customers throughout the banks’ primary market areas and other regions. We believe that by being associated with a shared network of ATMs, we are better able to serve our customers and attract customers who are accustomed to the convenience of using ATMs. Neither bank currently exercises trust powers, and we do not expect the banks to offer trust services in the near future.

Employees

As of December 31, 2007, we had 85 full-time employees and 7 part-time employees.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Our recent operating results may not be indicative of our future operating results.

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of organic growth and may not be able to grow our business at all. Because of our relatively small size, it will be difficult for us to generate similar earnings growth as we continue to expand, and consequently our historical results of operations may not be indicative necessarily of our future operations. Various factors, such as economic conditions, regulatory and legislative considerations, and competition, may also impede our ability to expand our market presence. If we experience a significant decrease in our historical rate of organic growth, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected because a high percentage of our operating costs are fixed expenses.

Our decisions regarding credit risk and reserves for loan losses may materially and adversely affect our business.

Making loans and other extensions of credit is an essential element of our business. Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific underwriting practices, our loans and other extensions of credit may not be repaid. The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of factors, including:

·

the duration of the credit;

·

credit risks of a particular customer;

·

changes in economic and industry conditions; and

·

in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.

We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for potential losses in our loan portfolio. We periodically determine the amount of the allowance based on consideration of several factors, including:

·

an ongoing review of the quality, mix, and size of our overall loan portfolio;

·

our historical loan loss experience;

·

evaluation of economic conditions;

·

regular reviews of loan delinquencies and loan portfolio quality; and

·

the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.

There is no precise method of predicting credit losses; therefore, we face the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income and our capital.

12

An economic downturn, especially one affecting the primary market areas of our banks, could reduce our customer base, our level of deposits, and demand for financial products such as loans.

Our success significantly depends upon the growth in population, income levels, deposits, and housing starts in our markets, especially in the primary market areas of our banks, which are Beaufort County, South Carolina and Nassau County, Florida. If the communities in which we operate do not grow or if prevailing economic conditions locally or nationally are unfavorable, our business may not succeed. An economic downturn would likely contribute to the deterioration of the quality of our loan portfolio and reduce our level of deposits, which in turn would hurt our business. Interest received on loans represented approximately 82% and 85% of our interest income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. If an economic downturn occurs in the economy as a whole, or especially in our banks’ primary market areas, borrowers may be less likely to repay their loans as scheduled. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that may secure ou r loans could be adversely affected. Unlike many larger institutions, we are not able to spread the risks of unfavorable local economic conditions across a large number of diversified economies. An economic downturn could, therefore, result in losses that materially and adversely affect our business.

Our profitability is vulnerable to interest rate fluctuations. 

Our profitability depends substantially upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest paid for liabilities, such as savings and time deposits and out-of-market certificates of deposit.  Market interest rates for loans, investments and deposits are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control.  Recently, interest rate spreads have generally narrowed due to changing market conditions, policies of various government and regulatory authorities and competitive pricing pressures, and we cannot predict whether these rate spreads will narrow even further.  This narrowing of interest rate spreads could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

At December 31, 2007 we were in an asset sensitive position, which generally, means that changes in interest rates affect our interest earned on assets quicker than our interest paid for liabilities since the rates earned on our assets reset sooner than rates paid on our liabilities.  Accordingly, we anticipate that interest rate decreases by the Federal Reserve Bank in the first quarter of 2008 will have a negative affect on our net interest income over the short term until the interest rates paid on our liabilities reset.

In addition, we cannot predict whether interest rates will continue to remain at present levels.  Changes in interest rates may cause significant changes, up or down, in our net interest income. Depending on our portfolio of loans and investments, our results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.

We are dependent on key individuals and the loss of one or more of these key individuals could curtail our growth and adversely affect our prospects.

The success of our banks depends largely on the services of their respective chief executive officers. Randolph C. Kohn, the president and chief executive officer of Lowcountry National Bank, and Michael G. Sanchez, the president and chief executive officer of First National Bank, have extensive and long-standing ties within our industry. If we lose the services of either Mr. Kohn or Mr. Sanchez, our business and development could be materially and adversely affected.

Our success also depends, in part, on our continued ability to attract and retain experienced loan originators, as well as other management personnel. The loss of the services of several of such key personnel could adversely affect our growth strategy and prospects to the extent we are unable to replace such personnel.

We are subject to extensive regulation that could limit or restrict our activities.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various regulatory agencies. Our compliance with these regulations is costly and restricts certain of our activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates charged, interest rates paid on deposits, and locations of offices. We are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by our regulators, which require us to maintain adequate capital to support our growth.

13

The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any time, and we cannot predict the effects of these changes on our business and profitability. Because government regulation greatly affects the business and financial results of all commercial banks and bank holding companies, our cost of compliance could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission that are now applicable to us, have increased the scope, complexity, and cost of corporate governance, reporting, and disclosure practices. We have experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, greater compliance costs, including costs related to internal controls, as a result of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Our continued pace of growth may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. To support our continued growth, we may need to raise additional capital. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to raise additional equity capital, your interest could be diluted.

We face strong competition for customers, which could prevent us from obtaining customers and may cause us to pay higher interest rates to attract customers.

The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our market from many other financial institutions. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds, and other mutual funds, as well as other super-regional, national, and international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere. In addition, we compete with new entrants to our markets, both established and de novo institutions which have aggressively sought after market share. We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans. In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents. Many of our competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions. These institutions offer some services, such as extensive and establish ed branch networks, that we do not provide. There is a risk that we will not be able to compete successfully with other financial institutions in our market, and that we may have to pay higher interest rates to attract deposits, resulting in reduced profitability. In addition, competitors that are not depository institutions are generally not subject to the extensive regulations that apply to us.

We will face risks with respect to future expansion and acquisitions or mergers.

We may seek to acquire other financial institutions or parts of those institutions. We may also expand into new markets or lines of business or offer new products or services. These activities would involve a number of risks, including:

·

the potential inaccuracy of the estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to a target institution;

·

the time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring or retaining experienced local management, and opening new offices and the time lags between these activities and the generation of sufficient assets and deposits to support the costs of the expansion;

·

the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse effects on our results of operations; and

·

the risk of loss of key employees and customers.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

14

Item 2.

Description of Property

Lowcountry National Bank is located at 36 Sea Island Parkway in Beaufort, South Carolina. Lowcountry National Bank owns its 5,800 square foot main office building located on 2.33 acres of land.

During 2002, Lowcountry National Bank established a loan production office to service the Bluffton area and in 2003 consolidated the office into a new, full-service branch at Moss Creek Village, Bluffton, South Carolina.  Lowcountry National Bank leases the Moss Creek office, which will expire in 2009.

In 2007, Lowcountry National Bank opened a branch in Port Royal, South Carolina which adjoins the city of Beaufort. The branch was completed in March 2007 and is located in the new Port Royal Center which is a multi-unit office complex. Lowcountry National Bank also occupies leased space in the upstairs offices above the branch for executive and administrative use. The lease is for a term of five years that will expire in 2012 with options to renew for subsequent five year periods.

First National Bank is located at 1891 South 14^th Street in Fernandina Beach, Florida. First National Bank owns its 6,500 square foot main office, which is located on 1.28 acres of land. In addition, First National has acquired the office building on property adjacent to its main office to accommodate expansion.

In 2004, First National Bank also purchased 1.16 acres of land at the corner of Lofton Square Boulevard and State Road 200 in Yulee for a future branch location. The bank will be required to obtain regulatory approval before establishing a branch at this location.

The Meigs, Georgia branch, operated under the name “The Georgia Bank”, occupies a storefront office in Meigs, Georgia. The branch building was acquired as part of the acquisition of the Meigs office on October 27, 2006. 

First National Bank also has loan production offices in Jacksonville, Florida and Savannah, Georgia, as well as a wholesale mortgage office in Atlanta, Georgia. All of these properties are leased with the Savannah lease expiring in 2008.  Both Atlanta leases expire in 2010.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

None.

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

15

PART II.

Item 5.

Market for Common Equity Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Common Stock of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. is not listed on any exchange. However, the stock is quoted on the NASDAQ OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CBCO.OB.” There were approximately 670 shareholders of record on December 31, 2007. The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board during the periods indicated. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commissions, and may not represent actual transactions. All prices are adjusted for the stock dividends paid to shareholders of record on December 14, 2007.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2007				2006
	High		Low		High		Low
First quarter	$	22.67	$	21.30	$	19.10	$	18.10
Second quarter	$	21.57	$	18.57	$	18.57	$	18.05
Third quarter	$	18.57	$	16.67	$	20.76	$	18.05
Fourth quarter	$	17.76	$	12.38	$	22.77	$	20.05

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. has never declared or paid a cash dividend and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The ability of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. to pay cash dividends is dependent upon receiving cash dividends from the Banks. However, federal banking regulations restrict the amount of cash dividends that can be paid to Coastal Banking Company, Inc. from the banks. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to share equally in dividends from funds legally available when, and if, declared by the board of directors.

Coastal Banking Company issued no unregistered equity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Plan of Operation

General

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (in this Item 6, the “Company”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Beaufort, South Carolina organized to own all of the common stock of its subsidiaries, Lowcountry National Bank (in this Item 6, “Lowcountry”) and First National Bank of Nassau County, Florida (in this Item 6, “First National”). The principal activity of the Banks is to provide banking services for their domestic markets. Lowcountry’s primary market is Beaufort County, South Carolina. First National’s primary market is Nassau County, Florida. The Banks are primarily regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and undergo periodic examinations by this regulatory agency. The holding company is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors and also is subject to periodic examinations. Lowcountry opened for business on May 10, 2000 at 36 Sea Island Parkway, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907. First National opened for business July 26, 1999 and was acquired by Coastal through the merger with its holding company, First Capital Bank Holding Corporation (“First Capital”) on October 1, 2005. On October 27, 2006 Coastal acquired our Meigs, Georgia office through the merger of Cairo Banking Company, a Georgia state bank with and into First National. The Company also has an investment in Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) and Coastal Banking Company Trust II (“Trust II”). Both trusts are special purpose subsidiaries organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.

In the merger with First Capital, each outstanding share of First Capital common stock was converted into 1.054 shares of Coastal stock at the time of the merger. Each outstanding share of Coastal common stock prior to the merger remained outstanding as a share of common stock after the merger.

16

The following discussion describes our results of operations for 2007 as compared to 2006 and also analyzes our financial condition as of December 31, 2007 as compared to December 31, 2006. Like most community banks, we derive most of our income from interest we receive on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is our amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.

We have included a number of tables to assist in our description of these measures.  For example, the “Average Balances” table shows the average balance during 2007 and 2006 of each category of our assets and liabilities, as well as the yield we earned or the rate we paid with respect to each category. A review of this table shows that our loans typically provide higher interest yields than do other types of interest earning assets, which is why we intend to continue to direct a substantial percentage of our earning assets into our loan portfolio.  Similarly, the “Rate/Volume Analysis” table helps demonstrate the impact of changing interest rates and changing volume of assets and liabilities during the years shown.  We also track the sensitivity of our various categories of assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates, and we have included a “Sensitivity Analysis Table” to help explain this. Finally, we have included a number of tables that provide detail about our investment securities, our loans, and our deposits.

Of course, there are risks inherent in all loans, so we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb possible losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  We establish and maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings.  In the following section we have included a detailed discussion of this process, as well as several tables describing our allowance for loan losses. See comments in the section entitled “Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses.”

In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees, cash surrender value of life insurance and other service charges to our customers.  We describe the various components of this non-interest income, as well as our non-interest expense, in the following discussion.

The following discussion and analysis also identifies significant factors that have affected our financial position and operating results during the periods included in the accompanying financial statements.  We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes and the other statistical information also included in this report.

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains “forward-looking statements” relating to, without limitation, future economic performance, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and projections of revenues and other financial items that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to management.  The words “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “may,” and “intend,” as well as other similar words and expressions of the future, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to those described under the heading “Risk Factors” in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Critical Accounting Policies

We have adopted various accounting policies, which govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in the preparation of our financial statements.  Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2007 included elsewhere in this annual report.

We believe that the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy that requires the most significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  Please refer to the portion of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations that addresses the allowance for loan losses for a description of our processes and methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses.

17

Intangible assets, included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, include goodwill and other identifiable assets, such as core deposits, resulting from acquisitions. Goodwill, in this context, is the excess of the purchase price in an acquisition transaction over the fair market value of the net assets acquired. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over such assets’ estimated expected life. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Asset,” goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment or at any time an event occurs, or circumstances change, that may trigger a decline in the value of the reporting unit. Such impairment testing calculations include estimates. Furthermore, the determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective as is the determination of the amortization period for such intangible assets. The Company tests for goodwill impairment by determining the fair mark et value for each reporting unit and comparing the fair market value to the carrying amount of the applicable reporting unit. If the carrying amount exceeds fair market value the potential for the impairment exists, and a second step of impairment testing is performed. In the second step, the fair market value of the reporting units’ goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair market value to all of its assets (recognized and unrecognized) and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. If the implied fair market value of reporting unit goodwill is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and is written-down to its fair market value. The loss recognized is limited to the carrying amount of goodwill. Once an impairment loss is recognized, future increases in fair market value will not result in the reversal of previously recognized losses. The Company performed its annual test of impairment in the fourth quarter and determined that there was no impairment in the carrying value of goodwill as of October 1, 2007.

Results of Operations

Overview

Net income for 2007 was $2,632,000 or $1.04 per basic common share compared to $3,360,000 or $1.34 per basic common share, in 2006. In total, our operational results depend to a large degree on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income received from our investments, such as loans, investment securities, and federal funds sold, and interest expense, paid on deposit liabilities and other borrowings. Net interest income was $12,183,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to net interest income of $12,589,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

The provision for loan losses in 2007 was $310,500 compared to $726,700 in 2006. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was attributable to management’s assessment of credit quality, stabilized loan growth, and other economic factors. The provision for loan losses continues to reflect our estimate of potential losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the creation of an allowance for loan losses adequate to absorb such losses.

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $2,321,000, representing a $281,000 increase from December 31, 2006. This increase was associated with an increase in mortgage loan fees and gain on sale of loans of $246,000, a gain on sale of securities of $121,000, and an increase in service charges on deposits and other service charges, commissions and fees of $162,000, offset by a gain on sale of real estate in 2006 of $321,000. Non-interest expenses in 2007 were $10,456,000; a $1,561,000 increase compared to the 2006 amounts, primarily due to the costs associated with the opening of locations in Port Royal, South Carolina and Atlanta, Georgia.  The Company’s efficiency ratio, which is a measure of total non-interest expenses as a percentage of net interest income and non-interest income, increased to 72.88% in 2007 from 62.55% in 2006 due in large part to the previously described increase in noninterest expenses.

In 2007, we recognized $1,105,000 of income tax expense compared to an income tax expense of $1,647,000 in 2006. Our effective tax rate was 29.6% in 2007 and 32.9% in 2006.  This decrease is due to nontaxable income on municipal securities increasing slightly during 2007 compared to 2006, while total net income decreased during 2007 compared to 2006.

18

Net Interest Income

For the year ended December 31, 2007, net interest income totaled $12,183,000, as compared to $12,589,000 for the same period in 2006. Interest income from loans, including fees, increased $1,213,000 to $23,160,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The average balance of loans was $282,182,000 in 2007 compared to $273,022,000 in 2006.  The weighted average rate earned on loans was 8.21% for 2007 compared to 8.04% in 2006.  Interest income from securities increased $1,246,000 on a tax equivalent basis.  The average balance of investments was $95,715,000 in 2007 compared to $75,310,000 in 2006.  The weighted average rate earned on investments was 5.16% for 2007 compared to 4.90% in 2006.  This increase in income was offset by increased interest expense, which totaled $16,293,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $13,461,000 in 2006. The net interest margin realized on earning assets and the interest rate spread were 3.19% and 2.75%, respe ctively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the net interest margin was 3.54% and the interest rate spread was 3.10%. Yields on interest earning assets increased during the year by nine basis points compared to an increase in rates on interest bearing liabilities of 44 basis points during the year.

Average Balances and Interest Rates

The table below shows the average balance outstanding for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for 2007 and 2006, and the average rate of interest earned or paid thereon. Average balances have been derived from the daily balances throughout the period indicated.

		For the Years Ended December 31,
		2007						2006
		Average Balance		Interest		Yield/ Rate			Average Balance			Interest					Yield/ Rate
(In Thousands)
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Loans (including loan fees)	$    282,182			$     23,160		8.21	%			$ 273,022				$    21,947		8.04		%
Taxable investments	79,476			4,022		5.06	%			65,924				3,054		4.63		%
Tax-free investments	16,239			914		5.63	%			9,386				636		6.78		%
Interest-bearing deposits in    other banks	1,667			89		5.34	%			1,755				92		5.24		%
Federal funds sold	11,716			602		5.14	%			11,333				537		4.74		%
Total interest-earning assets	391,283			28,786		7.36	%			361,420				26,266		7.27		%
Other non-interest earning assets	33,579									30,692
Total assets	$    424,862									$ 392,112
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing demand and savings	$    123,922			4,467		3.44	%			$ 122,167				4,204		3.44		%
Time	194,987			10,012		5.13	%			167,451				7,641		4.56		%
Other	34,832			1,814		5.21	%			33,217				1,616		4.86		%
Total interest-bearing liabilities	353,741			16,293		4.61	%			322,835				13,461		4.17		%
Other non-interest bearing liabilities	26,162									28,914
Shareholders’ equity	44,959									40,363
Total liabilities and shareholders’    equity	$    424,862									$ 392,112
Excess of interest-earning assets over    interest bearing liabilities	$      37,542									$   38,585
Ratio of interest-earning assets to    interest-bearing liabilities	111		%							112	%
Tax equivalent adjustment				(311	)									(216	)
Net interest income				$     12,183									$    12,589
Net interest spread						2.75	%									3.10		%
Net interest margin						3.19	%									3.54		%

Non-accrual loans and the interest income which was recorded on these loans, if any, are included in the yield calculation for loans in all periods reported.

Amounts are presented on a tax equivalent basis.

19

Volume/Rate Analysis

Net interest income can also be analyzed in terms of the impact of changing rates and changing volume. The following table describes the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. The effect of a change in average balance has been determined by applying the average rate in the earlier year to the change in average balance in the later year, as compared with the earlier year. The effect of a change in the average rate has been determined by applying the average balance in the earlier year to the change in the average rate in the later year, as compared with the earlier year.

	2007 Compared to 2006 Increase (decrease) due to changes in
(In Thousands)	Volume			Rate			Net Change
Interest income on:
Loans (including loan fees)	$	764		$	191			$	955
Taxable investments	668			300				968
Non-taxable investments	401			(123		)		278
Interest bearing deposits in other banks	(5		)	2				(3		)
Federal funds sold	19			45				64
Total interest income (tax equivalent basis)	1,847			415				2,262
Interest expense on:
Interest-bearing demand and savings	61			202				263
Time	1,346			1,025				2,371
Other	81			117				198
Total interest expense	1,488			1,344				2,832
Net interest income (tax equivalent basis)	$	359		$	(929	)		$	(570	)

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Asset Liability Management

Interest rate sensitivity measures the timing and magnitude of the repricing of assets compared with the repricing of liabilities and is an important part of asset liability management of a financial institution. The objective of interest rate sensitivity management is to generate stable growth in net interest income, and to control the risks associated with interest rate movements. Management constantly reviews interest rate risk exposure and the expected interest rate environment so that adjustments in interest rate sensitivity can be timely made. Since the assets and liabilities of a bank are primarily monetary in nature (payable in fixed, determinable amounts), the performance of a bank is affected more by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be the same.

Net interest income is the primary component of net income for financial institutions. The timing and magnitude of repricing as well as the mix of interest sensitive and non-interest sensitive assets and liabilities affect net interest income. “Gap” is a static measurement of the difference between the contractual maturities or repricing dates of interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities within the following twelve months. Gap is an attempt to predict the behavior of our net interest income in general terms during periods of movement in interest rates. In general, if we are asset sensitive, more of our interest sensitive assets are expected to reprice within twelve months than our interest sensitive liabilities over the same period. In a rising interest rate environment, assets repricing more quickly are expected to enhance net interest income. Alternatively, decreasing interest rates would be expected to have the opposite effect on net interest income since assets would theoretically be repricing at lower interest rates more quickly than interest sensitive liabilities. Although it can be used as a general predictor, gap as a predictor of movements in net interest income has limitations due to the static nature of its definition and due to its inherent assumption that all assets will reprice immediately and fully at the contractually designated time. At December 31, 2007, the Company, as measured by gap, is asset sensitive at three months or less and liability sensitive cumulatively at one year. Management has several tools available to it to evaluate and affect interest rate risk, including deposit pricing policies and changes in the mix of various types of assets and liabilities.

20

The following table summarizes the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2007, that are expected to mature, prepay, or reprice in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the amount of assets or liabilities that mature or reprice during a particular period was determined in accordance with the contractual terms of the asset or liability. Adjustable rate loans are included in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in the period in which they are due, and fixed-rate loans and mortgage-backed securities are included in the periods in which they are anticipated to be repaid based on scheduled maturities. The Banks’ savings accounts and interest-bearing demand accounts (NOW and money market deposit accounts) that are not contractually tied to an adjusting index are grouped into categories based on the company’s historical repricing practices.  Money market accou nts which are contractually tied to repricing indexes reprice monthly and are grouped in the three month or less category. Many of these money market accounts are tied to a Treasury index.

At December 31, 2007

Maturing or Repricing in

(In Thousands)	3 Months or Less			4 Months to 12 Months				1 to 5 Years		Over 5 Years		Total
Interest-earning assets:
Federal funds sold	$	4,710		$	—		$	—		$          —		$    4,710
Deposits in other banks	1,564				500			—		—		2,064
Investment securities	997				2,995			8,677		78,185		90,854
Loans held for sale	20,553				—			—		—		20,553
Loans	134,478				28,089			75,345		43,379		281,291
Total interest-earning assets	162,302				31,584			84,022		121,564		399,472
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Savings and demand	105,626				—			—		—		105,626
Time deposits	14,072				171,080			29,921		—		215,073
Securities sold under    agreements to repurchase	2,000				—			—		—		2,000
FHLB advances	4,300				1,500			20,973		—		26,773
Junior subordinated debentures	3,093				—			4,124		—		7,217
Total interest-bearing liabilities	129,091				172,580			55,018		—		356,689
Interest sensitive difference per    period	$	33,211		$	(140,996	)	$	29,004		$  121,564		$  42,783
Cumulative interest sensitivity    difference	$	33,211		$	(107,785	)	$	(78,781	)	$    42,783
Cumulative difference to total    interest-earning assets	8.3		%		(27.0	)%		(19.7	)%	10.7	%

At December 31, 2007, the Company had $33,211,000 more assets than liabilities repricing or maturing within three months, which indicates that the Company is asset sensitive over this time horizon.  When extended out to one year, the Company had $107,785,000 more liabilities than assets repricing or maturing, indicating the Company is liability sensitive over a one-year time period

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may reflect changes in market interest rates differently. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features that restrict changes in interest rates, both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Other factors which may affect the assumptions made in the table, include options to call a security or borrowing, pre-payment rates, early withdrawal levels, and the ability of borrowers to service their debt. Management uses modeling techniques which attempt to quantify the impacts of interest rates on margin changes. These modeling techniques reflect the effects of these cited shortcomings including the effects of maturity changes that occur as a result of changes in interest rates. These modeling tools indicate that net interest margin would be slig htly negatively impacted at twelve months given a 1% decrease in interest rates.

21

Mortgage Banking Activities

In the third quarter of 2007, First National Bank of Nassau County opened a wholesale residential mortgage lending division headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia to compliment the existing retail residential mortgage lending activity conducted through other branch locations.  This division originates and funds residential mortgage loans submitted by mortgage brokers and then sells these mortgage loans in the secondary market.  This new lending channel subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. We reduce unwanted credit and liquidity risks by selling virtually all of the mortgage loans originated through this division. From time to time, we may decide to hold loans originated through this division as additions to our residential real estate loan portfolio. We determine whether the loans will be held in our portfolio or sold in the secondary market at the time of origination. We may subsequently change our intent to hold loans in portfolio and subsequently sell some or all of these wholesale loans from our portfolio as part of our corporate asset/liability management strategy.

While credit and liquidity risks have historically been relatively low for mortgage banking activities, interest rate risk can be substantial. Changes in interest rates will impact the value of mortgages held for sale (MHFS) which are carried at the lower of cost or market value (LOCOM), as well as the associated income and loss reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income, the income and expense associated with instruments (economic hedges) used to hedge changes in the LOCOM value of MHFS, and the value of derivative loan commitments extended to mortgage applicants.

Interest rates impact the amount and timing of loan origination activity because consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity are sensitive to changes in mortgage interest rates. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage origination activity. Given the time it takes for consumer behavior to fully react to interest rate changes, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment, and selling the loan, interest rate changes will impact loan origination activity with a lag. The amount and timing of the impact on loan origination activity will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the change in interest rates.

As part of our mortgage banking activities, we enter into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans at specified times in the future. A mortgage loan commitment is an interest rate lock that binds us to lend funds to a potential borrower at a specified interest rate and within a specified period of time, generally up to 60 days after inception of the rate lock, subject to the loan applicant satisfying the underwriting conditions required for approval of their loan application. These loan commitments are derivative loan commitments if the loans that will result from the exercise of the commitments will be held for sale. These derivative loan commitments are recognized at fair value in the balance sheet with changes in their fair values recorded as part of mortgage banking noninterest income. We record no value for the loan commitment at inception. Subsequent to inception, we recognize the fair value of the derivative loan commitment based on estimated changes in the fair value of the underlying loan that would result from the exercise of that commitment and on changes in the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a pull through rate). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time.

Outstanding derivative loan commitments expose us to the risk that the value of the loans underlying the commitments might decline due to increases in mortgage interest rates from inception of the rate lock to the funding of the loan. To effectively hedge this risk, we enter into best efforts, forward sale flow contracts with secondary market investors to sell these loans.  These forward sales contracts are entered into concurrently with issuance of the derivative loan commitment and carry terms that match the terms of the underlying loan commitments.  As a result, these forward sales commitments will experience changes in fair value that will fully offset the changes in fair value of the derivative loan commitments.

As our wholesale lending volume increases, we anticipate changes to our loan sales strategy from a best efforts, flow delivery to mandatory flow deliveries, mini bulk sales, and forward MBS deliveries.  These alternative loan sales strategies are expected to result in improved execution and thereby increased gain on sale of loans.

Changes in our sales strategy will necessitate a change in our hedging strategy from best efforts concurrent flow forward sales commitments to the use of Treasury forwards and options to hedge our interest rate risk.  These other hedging strategies tend not to be as effective in hedging the interest rate risk as the concurrent flow forward sales commitments, however the improved execution on the loan sales is expected to more than compensate for the slight increase in interest rate risk from using less effective hedging techniques.

22

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered to be impaired when, in management’s judgment based on current information and events, it is probable that the loan’s principal or interest is not collectible in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement. Impaired loans, when not material, will be carried in the balance sheet at a value not to exceed their observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. The carrying values of any materially impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, which is the contractual interest rate adjusted for any deferred loan fees or costs, premium or discount existing at the inception or acquisition of the loan.

Loans which management identifies as impaired generally will be non-performing loans. Non-performing loans include non-accrual loans or loans which are 90 days or more delinquent as to principal or interest payments. At December 31, 2007, the Company had $2,018,100 of loans that were impaired and non-performing. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $85,519 of impaired and non-performing loans.

The accrual of interest is discontinued on non-accrual loans and any previously accrued interest on such loans will be reversed against current income. Any subsequent interest income is recognized on a cash basis when received unless collectibility of a significant amount of principal is in serious doubt. In such cases, collections are credited first to the remaining principal balance on a cost recovery basis. An impaired loan is not returned to accrual status unless principal and interest are current and the borrower has demonstrated the ability to continue making payments as agreed.

Potential Problem Loans

Management identifies and maintains a list of potential problem loans. These are loans that are not included in non-accrual status, or loans that are past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest. A loan is added to the potential problem list when management becomes aware of information about possible credit problems of borrowers that causes serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the current loan repayment terms. These loans are designated as such in order to be monitored more closely than other credits in the Banks’ portfolios.

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is the charge to operating earnings that management believes is necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an adequate level. The provision charged to expense was $310,500 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to $726,700 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was attributable to management’s assessment of credit quality, stabilized loan growth, and other economic factors. The loan portfolio decreased by approximately $10,529,000 during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to growth of $49.5 million in 2006. The allowance for loan losses was 1.30% of gross loans at December 31, 2007 as compared to 1.19% at December 31, 2006. There are risks inherent in making all loans, including risks with respect to the period of time over which loans may be repaid, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, and, in t he case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.

We have established an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to expense on our statement of earnings.  Additions to the allowance for loan losses are made periodically to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level based on management’s analysis of the potential risk in the loan portfolio.  The allowance for loan losses represents an amount, which we believe will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  Our judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based upon a number of assumptions about future events, which we believe to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove to be accurate.  Our losses will undoubtedly vary from our estimates, and there is a possibility that charge-offs can reduce this allowance.  Our determination of the allowance for loan losses is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans, including consideration of factors such as the balance of impaired loans, the quality, mix, and size of our overall loan portfolio, economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the amount and quality of collateral securing the loans, our historical loan loss experience, and a review of specific problem loans.  We also consider subjective issues such as changes in the lending policies and procedures, changes in the local/national economy, changes in volume or type of credits, changes in volume/severity of problem loans, quality of loan review and board of director oversight, concentrations of credit, and peer group comparisons.

23

We allocate the allowance for loan losses to specific categories of loans in our portfolio. See the table below for the allocation of loan losses and for a history of charge-offs by loan category, which may or may not be indicative of future charge-offs by category.

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

	December 31,
	2007					2006
(In Thousands)	Amount		% of Loans in Category			Amount		% of Loans in Category
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural	$	284		4	%	$	107		4	%
Real Estate—Construction		1,048		47			1,864		47
Real Estate—Mortgage		1,999		47			1,350		47
Consumer		239		2			62		2
Unallocated		83		—			92		—
Total	$	3,653		100	%	$	3,475		100	%

Our policy has been to review the allowance for loan losses using a reserve factor based on risk-rated categories of loans because there has been relatively little charge-off activity since the Banks’ respective inceptions. The overall objective is to apply percentages to the loans based on the relative inherent risk for that loan type and grade. Reserve factors are based on peer group data, information from regulatory agencies, and on the experience of the Banks’ lenders. The reserve factors will change depending on trends in national and local economic conditions, the depth of experience of the Banks’ lenders, delinquency trends, and other factors. Our general strategy is to maintain a minimum coverage of a certain percentage of gross loans until we have sufficient historical data and trends available. Periodically, we adjust the amount of the allowance based on changing circumstances. We charge recognized losses to the allowance and add subsequent recoveries back to th e allowance for loan losses. There can be no assurance that charge-offs of loans in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses as estimated at any point in time or that provisions for loan losses will not be significant to a particular accounting period. Thus, there is a risk that substantial additional increases in the allowance for loan losses could be required. Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income and, possibly, our capital.

The following table summarizes information concerning the allowance for loan losses:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
(In Thousands)
Loans outstanding, end of year	$	281,291		$	291,820
Average loans outstanding	$	282,182		$	271,414
Allowance, beginning of year	3,475			2,863
Charge-offs:
Commercial, financial and industrial	73			95
Real estate—construction	1			—
Real estate—mortgage	54			—
Consumer	25			27
Total charge-offs	153			122
Recoveries:
Commercial, financial and industrial	19			—
Real estate—construction	—			—
Real estate—mortgage	—			—
Consumer	2			7
Total recoveries	21			7
Net charge-offs	132			115
Additions charged to operations	310			727
Allowance, end of year	$	3,653		$	3,475
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans    outstanding during the period	0.05		%	0.04		%
Allowance for loan losses to loans, end of year	1.30		%	1.19		%

24

The following table summarizes past due and non-accrual loans, other real estate and repossessions, and income that would have been reported on non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 (amounts are presented in thousands):

	December 31,
(In Thousands)	2007		2006
Other real estate and repossessions	$	340	$	—
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due	69		10
Non-accrual loans	2,018		86
Interest on non-accrual loans which would have been reported	104		13

Noninterest Income and Expense

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $2,321,000 as compared to $2,040,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Gain on sale of loans totaled $1,157,000 and $911,000 in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase resulted from the addition of a wholesale mortgage origination office in Atlanta, Georgia which contributed $317,000 in gain on sale of mortgage loans.  Both Banks own bank-owned life insurance policies covering certain of our executives and directors.  The cash value of these policies increases over time and, accordingly, we recognized $287,000 in income related to these policies in 2007.  We recognized net gains on the sale of certain investment securities available for sale totaling $121,000 during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to losses of $13,000 in 2006.  In 2006, we recognized a gain on sale of real estate of $321,000.

Total noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $10,456,000 as compared to $8,895,000 for 2006. Salaries and benefits, the largest component of non-interest expense, totaled $5,916,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $4,718,000 for the same period a year ago for an increase of $1,198,000.  The increase in salaries and benefits is due to the opening of locations in Port Royal, South Carolina and Atlanta, Georgia.  Other operating expenses, excluding salaries and benefits, were $4,540,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to $4,178,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.  Of the total increase in other operating expenses of $362,000, $256,000 is attributable to occupancy and equipment expense as a result of opening one new full service branch, one commercial loan production office and the wholesale lending office in 2007.  

Financial Condition

Total assets increased from $426,210,000 at December 31, 2006 to $431,574,000 at December 31, 2007.  The primary source of growth in assets was loans held for sale, which increased $19,513,000 during 2007. Investment securities increased $9,800,000, while loans decreased $10,529,000.  Total deposits increased $5,788,000 from the December 31, 2006 balance of $340,059,000 to $345,847,000 at December 31, 2007.

Interest-Earning Assets

Loans

Gross loans totaled $281,291,000 at December 31, 2007, a decrease of $10,529,000 or 3.6%, since December 31, 2006.  At year-end 2007 the mix of the loan portfolio remained approximately consistent with the mix at the end of 2006.  In absolute dollars, the largest decrease in loans was in real estate—construction loans, which decreased $8,434,000, or 6%, to $129,607,000 at December 31, 2007.  Real estate—mortgage loans increased $812,000 or 1%, during 2007.  Balances and percentages within the major loans receivable categories are as follows:

	December 31,
(In Thousands)	2007				2006
Real estate—construction	$	129,607	46	%	$	138,041	47	%
Real estate—mortgage	137,147		48	%	136,335		47	%
Commercial, financial and industrial	10,235		4	%	13,053		4	%
Consumer and other	4,302		2	%	4,391		2	%
	$	281,291			$	291,820

25

As of December 31, 2007, maturities of loans in the indicated classifications were as follows:

(In Thousands)	Commercial			Real Estate Construction				Total
Maturity
Within 1 year		$	6,884		$		105,914	$		112,798
1 to 5 years		2,297			17,894			20,191
Over 5 years		1,054			5,799			6,853
Totals		$	10,235		$	129,607		$	139,842

As of December 31, 2007, the interest terms of loans in the indicated classification for the indicated maturity ranges are as follows:

(In Thousands)	Fixed Interest Rates		Variable Interest Rates			Total
Commercial
Within 1 year	$	991	$		5,893		$		6,884
1 to 5 years		2,102		195				2,297
Over 5 years	1,054		—			1,054
Real estate—construction
Within 1 year	8,994		96,920			105,914
1 to 5 years	15,264		2,630			17,894
Over 5 years	5,799		—			5,799
	$	34,204	$	105,638		$		139,842

Investment Securities

Investment securities increased to $87,171,000 at December 31, 2007 from $77,371,000 at December 31, 2006.

The following table presents the investments by category:

	December 31,
	2007						2006
	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value				Amortized Cost			Estimated Fair Value
(In Thousands)
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agencies	$	2,998		$	2,995		$	5,483			$	5,396
Government sponsored enterprises		6,496		6,507					17,275		17,143
State and municipal securities		16,786		16,618					3,302		3,274
Mortgage-backed securities		60,925		61,051					34,844		34,560
	$	87,205		$	87,171		$	60,904			$	60,373
Held to Maturity
State and municipal securities	$	—		$		—	$		8,825		$		8,773
Mortgage-backed securities		—			—			8,173				8,085
Totals	$	—		$	—		$	16,998			$	16,858

The following table presents the maturities of investment securities at carrying value and the weighted average yields for each range of maturities presented. Yields are based on amortized cost of securities. (Amounts are presented in thousands)

26

Maturities at December 31, 2007		Federal Agencies and Government Sponsored Enterprises	Weighted Average Yields		State and Municipal Securities	Weighted Average Yields		Mortgage-backed Securities	Weighted Average Yields
Within 1 year	$	3,991,697	3.81%	$	—	—	$	—	—
After 1 through 5 years		2,999,468	4.01%		1,946,895	3.26%		3,730,985	4.16%
After 5 through 10 years		495,310	5.05%		4,149,287	3.60%		2,420,425	4.63%
After 10 years		2,015,730	6.00%		10,522,212	4.03%		54,899,406	5.34%
Totals	$	9,502,205	4.40%	$	16,618,394	3.83%	$	61,050,817	5.24%

Mortgage-backed securities are included in the maturities categories in which they are anticipated to be repaid based on scheduled maturities.

Deposits

Total deposits increased by $5,788,000, or 1.70%, to a total of $345,817,000 at December 31, 2007 from $340,059,000 at December 31, 2006. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $781,000, or 3.20%, while interest-bearing deposits increased $5,008,000, or 1.59%.

Balances and percentages within the major deposit categories are as follows:

	December 31,
(In Thousands)	2007				2006
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	25,147	7	%	$	24,367	7	%
Interest-bearing demand	102,674		30	%	119,394		35	%
Savings	2,952		1	%	2,977		1	%
Time over $100,000	124,595		36	%	119,007		35	%
Time	90,479		26	%	74,314		22	%
	$	345,847			$	340,059

The average balance of deposits and the average rates paid on such deposits are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2007				2006
	Amount		Rate		Amount		Rate
(In Thousands)
Non-interest-bearing demand	$	24,791	—	%	$	25,219	—	%
Interest-bearing demand	120,934		3.80	%	119,589		3.50	%
Savings	2,988		0.71	%	2,578		0.71	%
Time	194,987		5.13	%	167,451		4.56	%
Total	$	343,700			$	314,837

Maturities of time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 2007 are summarized as follows:

(In Thousands)
Within 3 months	$	23,620
After 3 through 12 months	84,106
1 through 3 years	15,002
After 3 years	1,867
Total	$	124,595

27

Junior Subordinated Debentures

In May 2004, Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I issued $3.0 million of trust preferred securities with a maturity of May 18, 2034.  In accordance with FASB Interpretation Number (“FIN”) 46(R), the Trust has not been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.  The proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $3,093,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which pay interest at a floating rate equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 275 basis points.  The Company used the proceeds from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures for general purposes, primarily to provide capital to Lowcountry National Bank.  The debentures represent the sole asset of the Trust.  

In June 2006, Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust II issued $4.0 million of trust preferred securities with a maturity of September 30, 2036.  In accordance with FASB Interpretation Number (“FIN”) 46(R), the Trust has not been consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.  The proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $4,124,000 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, which pay interest at a fixed rate of 7.18% until September 30, 2011 and a variable rate thereafter equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 160 basis points.  The Company used the proceeds from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures for general purposes, primarily to provide capital to the Banks.  The debentures represent the sole asset of the Trust.  

Capital Resources

Total shareholders’ equity increased from $43,171,000 at December 31, 2006 to $46,747,000 in 2007. Net income for the period added $2,632,000. Comprehensive income of $328,000 resulted from an increase in fair market value of investment securities available for sale during 2007, net of tax.

Bank holding companies, such as ours, and their banking subsidiaries are required by banking regulators to meet particular minimum levels of capital adequacy, which are expressed in the form of certain ratios.  Capital is separated into Tier 1 capital (essentially common shareholders’ equity and a limited amount of trust preferred securities less intangible assets) and Tier 2 capital (essentially the allowance for loan losses limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets).  The first two ratios, which are based on the degree of credit risk in our assets, provide the weighting of assets based on assigned risk factors and include off-balance sheet items such as loan commitments and stand-by letters of credit.  The ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets must be at least 4.0% and the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets must be at least 8.0%.  The capital leverage ratio supplements the risk-based capital guidelines.  Banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted quarterly average total assets of 3.0%.

The following table summarizes the Company’s capital ratios at December 31, 2007:

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)	13.36	%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	14.49	%
Tier 1 capital (to total average assets)	10.41	%

See note 16 of notes to consolidated financial statements for a detail of the Banks and Company.

Liquidity

The Banks must maintain, on a daily basis, sufficient funds to cover the withdrawals from depositors’ accounts and to supply new borrowers with funds. To meet these obligations, the Banks keep cash on hand, maintain account balances with their correspondent banks, and purchase and sell federal funds and other short-term investments. Asset and liability maturities are monitored in an attempt to match the maturities to meet liquidity needs. It is the policy of the Banks to monitor their liquidity to meet regulatory requirements and their local funding requirements.

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and loans sold with representations and warranties that are usual and customary for the industry. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. A commitment involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. Our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the instrument is represented by th e contractual notional

28

amount of the instrument.    

Since certain commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  We use the same credit policies in making commitments to extend credit as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. Collateral held for commitments to extend credit varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.

Loans on one-to-four family residential mortgages originated by us are sold to various other financial institutions with representations and warranties that are usual and customary for the industry.  These representations and warranties give the purchaser of the loan the right to require that we repurchase a loan if the borrower fails to make any one of the first four loan payments within 30 days of the due date, which is termed an Early Payment Default (“EPD”).  Our maximum liquidity need in the event of an EPD claim would be the unpaid principal balance of the loan to be repurchased along with any premium paid by the investor when the loan was purchased and other minor collection cost reimbursements.  The Banks have never had to repurchase a loan as the result of an EPD claim by an investor and do not anticipate any material liquidity needs related to future potential EPD claims on loans that have been previously sold and are no longer on the Banks’ balan ce sheets.

In addition to EPD claims, the representations and warranties in our loan sale agreements also provide that we will indemnify the investors for losses or costs on loans we sell under certain limited conditions.  Some of these conditions include underwriting errors or omissions, fraud or material misstatements by the borrower in the loan application or invalid market value on the collateral property due to deficiencies in the appraisal.  In connection with the start up of the wholesale lending division, the Banks have established a reserve for potential indemnification costs.  The balance in this indemnification reserve was $18,000 at December 31, 2007 and there have been no claims or charges against this reserve since it was established in September 2007, accordingly management does not anticipate any material liquidity needs in connection with loan sale indemnification claims.  

The following table summarizes our off-balance sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of December 31, 2007:

Commitments to extend credit	$	54,302,000
Standby letters of credit	$	328,000
Loans sold with usual and customary representations and warranties	$	14,360,000

Management is not aware of any significant concentrations of loans to classes of borrowers or industries that would be affected similarly by economic conditions. Although the Banks’ loan portfolios are diversified, a substantial portion of their borrowers’ ability to honor the terms of their loans is dependent on the economic conditions in Beaufort County, South Carolina; Nassau County, Florida; and Fulton and Thomas Counties, Georgia as well as the surrounding areas. In addition, a substantial portion of our loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate and is therefore dependent on the local real estate markets.

The Banks maintain relationships with correspondent banks that can provide funds on short notice, if needed. Presently, the Banks have arrangements with commercial banks for short term unsecured advances up to $12,300,000.

Cash and due from banks as of December 31, 2007 totaled $4,998,000, an increase of $224,000 from December 31, 2006. Cash used by operating activities totaled $16,892,000 in 2007, while inflows from financing activities totaled $3,073,000, which was attributable to an increase in deposits of $5,788,000, offset by a net decrease in FHLB advances of $3,200,000.

During 2007, we had a net cash inflow of $14,042,000 from investing activities.  Investing activities included net decrease in loans of approximately $10,397,000, proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of securities of $29,059,000, offset by purchases of securities of $38,334,000.

Inflation

Inflation impacts the growth in total assets in the banking industry and causes a need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates to meet capital adequacy requirements.  We cope with the effects of inflation through the management of interest rate sensitivity, by periodically reviewing and adjusting our pricing of services to consider current costs.

29

Selected Ratios

The following table sets out certain ratios:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007		2006
Net income to:
Average shareholders’ equity (tangible)	7.72	%	11.51	%
Average assets (tangible)	0.64	%	0.88	%
Dividends to net income	—	%	—	%
Average equity to average assets (tangible)	8.24	%	7.66	%

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

Not applicable.

30

Item 8.

Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Coastal Banking Company

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Coastal Banking Company of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007.  Coastal Banking Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as eva luating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Coastal Banking Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Mauldin & Jenkins, LLC

Albany, Georgia

March 14, 2008

31

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2007			2006
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	4,997,928		$    4,774,561
Interest-bearing deposits in banks	2,063,813			1,928,601
Federal funds sold	4,710,397			18,967,745
Securities available for sale, at fair value	87,171,416			60,372,740
Securities held to maturity, at cost	—			16,998,209
Restricted equity securities, at cost	3,683,416			3,710,217
Loans held for sale	20,553,409			1,039,976
Loans, net of unearned income	281,290,645			291,819,946
Less allowance for loan losses	3,653,017			3,474,640
Loans, net	277,637,628			288,345,306
Premises and equipment, net	8,176,488			7,383,595
Cash surrender value of life insurance	6,830,388			6,553,009
Intangible assets	459,144			740,073
Goodwill	10,411,914			10,215,607
Other assets	4,878,469			5,180,430
Total assets	$	431,574,410		$426,210,069
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing	$	25,147,412		$  24,366,771
Interest-bearing	320,699,704			315,691,850
Total deposits	345,847,116			340,058,621
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	2,000,000			2,000,000
Other borrowings	26,772,798			29,973,051
Junior subordinated debentures	7,217,000			7,217,000
Other liabilities	2,990,744			3,789,911
Total liabilities	384,827,658			383,038,583
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized;     no shares issued and outstanding	—			—
Common stock, par value $.01; 10,000,000 shares authorized;    2,570,560 and 2,402,594 shares issued and outstanding in    2007 and 2006, respectively	25,708			24,026
Additional paid-in capital	40,280,395			39,661,823
Retained earnings	6,463,087			3,836,130
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(22,438		)	(350,493	)
Total shareholders’ equity	46,746,752			43,171,486
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	431,574,410		$426,210,069

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

32

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

	For the years ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Interest income:
Interest and fees on loans	$	23,160,169	$	21,946,782
Interest on taxable securities	4,022,456			3,053,776
Interest on nontaxable securities	603,004			420,027
Interest on deposits in other banks	88,516			91,647
Interest on federal funds sold	601,528			537,208
Total interest income	28,475,673			26,049,440
Interest expense:
Interest on deposits	14,478,538			11,845,450
Interest on junior subordinated debentures	560,194			391,932
Interest on other borrowings	1,254,342			1,223,424
Total interest expense	16,293,074			13,460,806
Net interest income	12,182,599			12,588,634
Provision for loan losses	310,500			726,700
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	11,872,099			11,861,934
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts	508,354			381,098
Other service charges, commissions and fees	225,583			190,450
Gain on sale of SBA loans	558,391			480,176
Gain on sale of mortgage loans	598,617			430,382
Gain on sale of real estate	—			321,038
Gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale	121,041			(13,460	)
Income from investment in life insurance contracts	287,404			239,944
Other income	21,623			10,167
Total other income	2,321,013			2,039,795
Non-interest expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits	5,916,131			4,717,633
Occupancy and equipment expense	1,077,486			821,727
Advertising fees	277,707			270,773
Amortization of intangible assets	280,929			373,125
Audit fees	322,513			280,424
Data processing fees	817,982			661,301
Director fees	272,674			269,812
Legal and other professional fees	357,150			181,715
Other operating	1,133,269			1,318,650
Total other expenses	10,455,841			8,895,160
Income before income taxes	3,737,271			5,006,569
Income tax expense	1,105,445			1,647,032
Net income	$	2,631,826	$	3,359,537
Basic earnings per share	$	1.04	$	1.34
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.97	$	1.24

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

33

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

	For the years ended December 31,
	2007				2006
Net income	$	2,631,826		$	3,359,537
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Net unrealized holding gains arising during period,    net of tax of $210,152 and $73,681	407,942				143,027
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included    in net income, net of tax (benefit) of $41,154 and $(4,576)	(79,887		)		8,884
Total other comprehensive income	328,055				151,911
Comprehensive income	$	2,959,881		$	3,511,448

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

34

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

	Common Stock					Additional Paid-in	Retained		Accumulated Other Comprehensive
	Shares		Amount			Capital	Earnings		Loss			Total
Balance, December 31, 2005	2,369,263		$	23,693		$39,317,286	$    476,593		$	(502,404	)	$39,315,168
Net income	—		—			—	3,359,537			—		3,359,537
Proceeds from exercise of    stock options	33,331		333			317,466	—			—		317,799
Stock-based compensation    expense	—		—			27,071	—			—		27,071
Other comprehensive income	—		—			—	—			151,911		151,911
Balance, December 31, 2006	2,402,594				24,026	39,661,823	3,836,130			(350,493	)	43,171,486
Net income	—		—			—	2,631,826			—		2,631,826
Proceeds from exercise of    stock options	48,107		481			487,736	—			—		488,217
Stock dividend	120,129		1,201				(1,201	)				—
Payment for fractional shares	(270	)					(3,668	)				(3,668	)
Stock-based compensation     Expense	—		—			130,836	—			—		130,836
Other comprehensive income	—				—	—	—			328,055		328,055
Balance, December 31, 2007	2,570,560		$		25,708	$40,280,395	$ 6,463,087		$	(22,438	)	$46,746,752

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

35

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	For the years ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	2,631,826		$	3,359,537
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided  (used) by operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	432,905			332,168
Amortization of intangible assets	280,929			373,125
Stock-based compensation expense	130,836			27,071
Provision for loan losses	310,500			726,700
Provision for deferred income taxes	(210,373		)	(534,262					)
(Gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale	(121,041		)	13,460
(Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment	2,837			(321,038					)
Increase in cash value of life insurance	(287,404		)	(239,944					)
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale	(76,649,707		)	(38,356,502					)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale	57,136,274			39,766,177
Net (increase) decrease in interest receivable	99,660			(792,124					)
Net increase (decrease) in interest payable	(252,781		)	257,126
Gain on sale of SBA loans	(558,391		)	(480,176					)
Gain on sale of mortgage loans	(598,617		)	(430,382					)
Net other operating activities	760,432			873,821
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	(16,892,115		)	4,574,757
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net increase in interest-bearing deposits in banks	(135,212		)	(341,462					)
Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold	14,257,348			(5,369,310					)
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale	8,956,642			6,595,285
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale	20,102,183			2,992,260
Purchases of securities available for sale	(38,333,614		)	(23,582,247					)
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity	—			1,584,993
Purchases of securities held to maturity	—			(400,000					)
Net change in restricted equity securities	26,801			(975,650					)
Net (increase) decrease in loans	10,397,178			(48,753,932					)
Purchase of life insurance contracts	—			(1,000,000					)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment	15,900			735,942
Net cash acquired in merger	—			5,384,781
Purchase of premises and equipment	(1,244,788		)	(1,408,517					)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities	14,042,438			(64,537,857					)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase in deposits	5,788,495			46,450,557
Increase in securities purchased under agreements to repurchase	—			2,000,000
Proceeds from other borrowings	13,700,000			19,000,000
Repayment of other borrowings	(16,900,000		)	(12,000,000					)
Proceeds from junior subordinated debt	—			4,124,000
Payment for fractional shares	(3,668		)	—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	488,217			317,799
Net cash provided by financing activities	3,073,044			59,892,536
Net change in cash and due from banks	223,367			(70,744					)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year	4,774,561			4,845,305
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	4,997,928		$				4,774,561
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for interest	$	16,545,855		$			13,203,680
Cash paid during the year for income taxes	$	1,240,021		$		2,255,903

Noncash Transactions:
Principal balances of loans transferred to other real estate owned	$	469,000	$		—
Amortized cost of securities transferred from held to maturity to    available for sale	$	16,998,209	$	—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

36

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the “Company”) is organized under the laws of the State of South Carolina for the purpose of operating as a bank holding company for Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank of Nassau County (the “Banks”). Lowcountry National Bank commenced business on May 10, 2000. First National Bank of Nassau County began operations in 1999 and was acquired through merger on October 1, 2005.  On October 27, 2006, the Company acquired the Meigs, Georgia office of a bank in Thomas County, Georgia.  The Banks provide full commercial banking services to customers throughout Beaufort County, South Carolina; Nassau County, Florida; and Thomas County, Georgia and are subject to regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  The Banks also have loan production offices in Savannah, Georgia; Atlanta, Georgia and Jacksonville, Florida, as well as a wholesal e mortgage office in Atlanta, Georgia.  The Company is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors. The Company also has an investment in Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) and Coastal Banking Company Trust II (“Trust II”). Both trusts are special-purpose subsidiaries organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Banks. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices in the banking industry.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segments

The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies. These services include demand, time and savings deposits, lending, and ATM processing and are substantially the same across subsidiaries. While the Company’s decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various financial products and services by product line and by subsidiary, the operations and the allocation of resources are managed, and financial performance is evaluated, on an organization-wide basis. Accordingly, the Company’s banking operation is considered by management to be one reportable operating segment.

Cash, Due from Banks and Cash Flows

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and due from banks includes cash on hand, cash items in process of collection and amounts due from banks. Cash flows from loans, federal funds sold, deposits, interest-bearing deposits in banks, restricted equity securities and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported net.

The Banks are required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The total of those reserve requirements was approximately $982,000 and $955,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Securities

The Company classifies its securities as available for sale or held to maturity.  Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All securities not included in held to maturity are classified as available for sale.

37

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Held to maturity securities are recorded at cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.

A decline in the market value of securities below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings and establishes a new cost basis for the security.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related securities as adjustments to the yield. Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Other Investments

Other investments include restricted equity securities with no readily determinable fair value. These investments are carried at cost. The Bank, as a member institution, is required to own certain stock investments in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). The stock is generally pledged against any borrowings from these institutions. No ready market exists for the stock and it has no quoted market price. However, redemption of these stocks has historically been at par value.

Loans Held for Sale

Lowcountry National Bank and First National Bank of Nassau County, subsidiaries of the Company (the “Banks”), originate 1-4 family real estate mortgage loans held for sale, which are funded by the Banks with a prior commitment for the loan to be purchased in the secondary market. These loans are generally recorded as an asset of the Banks for less than twenty business days and origination fees and gain on sale generated by these loans is recognized in income on a trade date basis when the loan files are physically delivered to the investor. The Banks also originate 1-4 family real estate mortgage loans that are pre-approved and funded at closing by the secondary market purchaser. The mortgage rate premiums received on secondary mortgage market loans are recognized in income when funds are received from the secondary market investor. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Adjustments to reflect fair value and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are classified as noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Each of the Banks defers recognition of a portion of its mortgage origination fees in accordance with the requirements of FASB Statement No. 91.

The Banks also originate SBA loans, which in some cases are sold on the secondary market.  Origination fees associated with these loans are amortized over the life of the loan or until a decision is made to sell.  Once the decision is made to sell, adjustments to reflect fair value and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are classified as noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans are stated at principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the interest method based upon the principal amount outstanding. Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized over the contractual life of the related loan or commitments as an adjustment of the related loan yields.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price, or at the fair value of the collateral of the loan if the loan is collateral dependent. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. When the ultimate collectibility of an impaired loan’s principal is in doubt, wholly or partially, all cash receipts are applied to principal.

38

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely. The allowance represents an amount, which, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.

Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans. These evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, historical losses, high loan concentrations, trends in past dues and non-accrual loans, loan risk ratings, economic conditions, market conditions and other internal and external factors that influence each portfolio segment and review of specific impaired loans. The combination of these results are compared monthly to the recorded allowance for loan losses for reasonableness and material differences are adjusted by increasing or decreasing the provision for loan losses. Management uses an external loan review program to challenge and corroborate the internal loan grading system and provide additional analysis in determining the adequacy of the allowance and the future provisions for estimated loan losses.  

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Banks’ allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Banks to recognize additions to the allowance based on judgments different than those of management.

Non-performing Assets

Loans are placed in a non-accrual status when, in the opinion of management, the collection of additional interest is questionable. Thereafter, no interest is taken into income unless received in cash or until such time as the borrower demonstrates the ability to pay principal and interest.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Building and improvements	10 - 40 years
Furniture and equipment	3 - 10 years

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets purchased in business combinations. Goodwill is required to be tested annually for impairment or whenever events occur that may indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount is not probable. In the event of an impairment, the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value is charged to earnings. The Company performed its annual test of impairment in the fourth quarter and determined that there was no impairment in the carrying value of goodwill as of October 1, 2007.

Intangible assets consist of core deposit premiums acquired in connection with business combinations.  The core deposit premiums were initially recognized based on valuations performed as of the consummation date.  The core deposit premiums are amortized over the average remaining life of the acquired customer deposits. Amortization periods are reviewed annually in connection with the annual impairment testing of goodwill.

Included in the consolidated statements of income for December 31, 2007, and 2006 were charges for amortization of identifiable intangible assets in the amounts of $281,000 and $373,000, respectively.   

39

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities result in deferred tax assets, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for some portion or all of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

Stock-Based Compensation

At December 31, 2007, the Company had an Incentive Stock Compensation Plan, which are described more fully in Note 13. On January 1, 2006, Coastal adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), using the modified-prospective-transition method. Under that transition method, compensation cost recognized beginning in 2006 includes: (a) the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, and (b) the compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). Results for prior periods have not been restated.

Earnings Per Share

The Company is required to report earnings per common share with and without the dilutive effects of potential common stock issuances from instruments such as options, convertible securities and warrants on the face of the statements of earnings. Basic earnings per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, which was 2,540,401 in 2007 and 2,496,839 in 2006, while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per share. Additionally, the Company must reconcile the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per share” and “diluted earnings per share”. At December 31, 2007, potential common shares of 62,271 were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise of such shares would be anti-dilutive. There were 27,825 anti-dilutive potential common shares at December 31, 2006. All share amounts have been adjusted for the five percent stock dividend recorded in 2007. Earnings per common share amounts are as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2007		Net income (Numerator)	Common Share (Denominator)		Per Share Amount
Basic earnings per share	$	2,631,826	2,540,401	$	1.04
Effect of dilutive securities—stock options and    warrants		—	184,814		(.07	)
Diluted earnings per share	$	2,631,826	2,725,215	$	.97

For the year ended December 31, 2006		Net income (Numerator)	Common Share (Denominator)		Per Share Amount
Basic earnings per share	$	3,359,537	2,496,839	$	1.34
Effect of dilutive securities—stock options and    warrants		—	213,556		(.10	)
Diluted earnings per share	$	3,359,597	2,710,395	$	1.24

40

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements.  The Statement provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities.  It defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurement.  Under the Statement, fair value refers to the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts.  It clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.  In support of this principle, the Statement establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions.  Under the Statement, fair value measurements would be separately disclosed by level within th e fair value hierarchy.  Statement No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.  The Statement permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates.  A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.  The fair value option may be applied instrument by instrument (with a few exceptions), is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs) and is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments.  Most of the provisions in Statement 159 are elective; however, the amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities.  Statement No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this statement.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 141 (Revised 2007), Business Combinations.  The Statement will significantly change the accounting for business combinations, as an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions.  The Statement changes the accounting treatment for several specific items, such as acquisition costs, noncontrolling interests (formerly referred to as minority interests), contingent liabilities, restructuring costs and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances.  The Statement also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements.  Statement No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Early adoption is prohibited.  The Company is currently eva luating the impact the adoption of this statement will have on the accounting for future acquisitions and business combinations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – An Amendment of ARB No. 51.  The Statement establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest (formerly referred to as minority interests) in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  Statement No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and early adoption is prohibited.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this statement.

Risks and Uncertainties

In the normal course of its business, the Company encounters two significant types of risk: economic and regulatory. There are three main components of economic risk: interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice at different speeds, or on different bases, than its interest-earning assets. Credit risk is the risk of default on the Company’s loan portfolio that results from borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects changes in the value of collateral underlying loans receivable, the valuation of real estate held by the Company, and the valuation of loans held for sale and mortgage-backed securities available for sale.

The Company is subject to the regulations of various government agencies. These regulations can and do change significantly from period to period. The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies, which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required loss allowances, and operating restrictions, resulting from the regulators’ judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

41

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company, through its subsidiaries, makes loans to individuals and businesses in and around Beaufort County, South Carolina; in and around Fulton, Chatham and Thomas Counties in Georgia; and in and around Duval and Nassau Counties in Florida for various personal and commercial purposes. The Company has a diversified loan portfolio and the borrowers’ ability to repay their loans is not dependent upon any specific economic sector.

The Company makes loans to individual and small businesses for various personal and commercial purposes primarily through our full-service offices in Beaufort County, South Carolina and Nassau County, Florida and through our loan production offices in Jacksonville, Florida; Atlanta, Georgia; and Savannah, Georgia.  The Company’s loan portfolio is not concentrated in loans to any single borrower or in a relatively small number of borrowers. Our loan portfolio has a significant number of construction loans that if subjected to a real estate market down-turn could adversely affect the earnings of the Company.

In addition to monitoring potential concentrations of loans to particular borrowers or groups of borrowers, industries and geographic regions, management monitors exposure to credit risk that could arise from potential concentrations of lending products and practices such as loans that subject borrowers to substantial payment increases (e.g. principal deferral period, loans with initial interest-only payments, etc), and loans with high loan-to-value ratios. Additionally, there are industry practices that could subject the Company to increased credit risk should economic conditions change over the course of a loan’s life. For example, the Company makes variable-rate loans and fixed-rate principal-amortizing loans with maturities prior to the loan being fully paid (i.e. balloon-payment loans). These loans are underwritten and monitored to manage the associated risks. Management has determined that there is no concentration of credit risk associated with its lending policies or practi ces.

The Company’s investment portfolio consists principally of obligations of the United States, its agencies or its corporations and general obligation municipal securities. In the opinion of management, there is no concentration of credit risk in this investment portfolio. The Company places it deposits and correspondent accounts with and sells its federal funds to high quality institutions. Management believes credit risk associated with correspondent accounts is not significant.

Note 2.

Investment Securities

Investment securities are as follows:

		December 31, 2007
		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains			Gross Unrealized Losses					Fair Value
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agencies	$		2,998,508		$	—		$	(3,701	)	$		2,994,807
Government-sponsored enterprises	6,495,925					19,741			(8,268	)			6,507,398
State and municipal securities	16,785,642					67,677			(234,925	)			16,618,394
Mortgage-backed securities	60,925,337					403,932			(278,452	)			61,050,817
	$		87,205,412		$	491,350		$	(525,346	)	$		87,171,416

	December 31, 2006
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses				Fair Value
Available for sale
U.S. Government and federal agencies	$	5,482,833	$	3,112	$	(90,232	)	$	5,395,713
Government-sponsored enterprises	17,275,311			31,778		(164,443	)		17,142,646
State and municipal securities	3,301,637			5,148		(32,534	)		3,274,251
Mortgage-backed securities	34,844,010			191,684		(475,564	)		34,560,130
	$	60,903,791	$	231,722	$	(762,773	)	$	60,372,740
Held to maturity
State and municipal securities	$	8,824,620	$	23,850	$	(75,146	)	$	8,773,324
Mortgage-backed securities		8,173,589		—		(88,739	)		8,084,850
	$	16,998,209	$	23,850	$	(163,885	)	$	16,858,174

42

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities, aggregated by category and length of time that securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2007.

Investment securities available for sale:

	Less than 12 Months						12 Months or More					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses				Fair Value	Unrealized Losses				Fair Value	Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government and federal agencies	$	—	$	—		$	2,994,807	$	(3,701	)	$	2,994,807	$	(3,701	)
Government-sponsored enterprises	495,310			(3,384	)		2,492,648		(4,884	)		2,987,958		(8,268	)
State and municipal securities	8,311,901			(225,522	)		1,235,240		(9,403	)		9,547,141		(234,925	)
Mortgage-backed securities	18,825,246			(203,102	)		6,908,083		(75,350	)		25,733,329		(278,452	)
Total	$	27,632,457	$	(432,008	)	$	13,630,778	$	(93,338	)	$	41,263,235	$	(525,346	)

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Twenty-four (24) individual securities available for sale were in a continuous loss position for twelve months or more.  The Company believes, based on industry analyst reports and credit ratings, that the deterioration in value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not in the credit quality of the issuer. The unrealized losses are considered temporary because each security carries an acceptable investment grade and the repayment sources of principal and interest are government backed.  The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until such time as the value recovers or the securities mature.

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category, and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2006.

Investment securities available for sale:

		Less than 12 Months							12 Months or More						Total
	Fair Value			Unrealized Losses				Fair Value		Unrealized Losses				Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government and federal agencies	$		—	$	—		$	135,243		$	(90,232	)	$	135,243		$	(90,232	)
Government-sponsored enterprises	1,988,825				(5,592	)		14,004,691			(158,851	)		15,993,516			(164,443	)
State and municipal securities	1,431,861				(13,972	)		1,379,901			(18,562	)		2,811,762			(32,534	)
Mortgage-backed securities	6,693,759				(17,980	)		15,284,283			(457,584	)		21,978,042			(475,564	)
Total	$		10,114,445	$	(37,544	)	$	30,804,118		$	(725,229	)	$	40,918,563		$	(762,773	)

Investment securities held to maturity:

	Less than 12 Months						12 Months or More				Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses				Fair Value	Unrealized Losses			Fair Value	Unrealized Losses
State and municipal securities	$	1,768,839	$	(14,164	)	$	3,357,657	$	(60,982	)	$ 5,126,496	$	(75,146	)
Mortgage-backed securities	—			—			8,084,850		(88,739	)	8,084,850		(88,739	)
Total	$	1,768,839	$	(14,164	)	$	11,442,507	$	(149,721	)	$13,211,346	$	(163,885	)

43

At December 31, 2006 fifty-one (51) individual securities available for sale were in a continuous loss position for twelve months or more.  Fourteen (14) individual securities held to maturity were in a continuous loss position for twelve months or more. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until such time as the value recovers or the securities mature. The Company believes, based on industry analyst reports and credit ratings, that the deterioration in value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not in the credit quality of the issuer and therefore, these losses are not considered other-than-temporary.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Available for sale
Due in one year or less	$	3,997,590	$                 3,991,697
Due from one year to five years	8,354,736		8,364,033
Due from five to ten years	9,464,503		9,383,011
Due after ten years	4,463,246		4,381,858
Mortgage-backed securities	60,925,337		61,050,817
	$	87,205,412	$               87,171,416

Securities with an amortized cost and fair value pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required by law totaled $21,065,000 and $20,966,000 respectively as of December 31, 2007 and $15,134,000 and $14,752,000 respectively as of December 31, 2006.

Gains and losses on sales of securities available for sale consist of the following:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Gross gains on sales of securities	$	154,107		$	—
Gross losses on sales of securities	(33,066		)	(13,460		)
Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available for sale	$	121,041		$	(13,460	)

Note 3.

Loans and allowance for loan losses

The composition of loans is summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2007		2006
Commercial and financial	$	10,234,984	$	13,053,338
Agricultural	519,000		54,583
Real estate – construction	129,606,841		138,041,293
Real estate – mortgage, farmland	94,000		13,894
Real estate – mortgage, commercial	68,771,922		64,334,282
Real estate – mortgage, residential	68,280,901		72,000,668
Consumer installment loans	2,625,998		3,339,088
Other	1,156,999		982,800
Gross loans	281,290,645		291,819,946
Less: Allowance for loan losses	3,653,017		3,474,640
Net loans	$	277,637,628	$	288,345,306

The Banks grant loans and extensions of credit to individuals and a variety of businesses and corporations located in its general trade areas Beaufort, Beaufort County, South Carolina and adjoining counties, and Nassau County, Florida. Although the Banks have diversified loan portfolios, a substantial portion of the loan portfolios are collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate and are dependent upon the real estate market.

44

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007		2006
Impaired loans without a valuation allowance	$	—	$	—
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance	3,593,673		85,519
Total impaired loans	3,593,673		85,519
Valuation allowance related to impaired loans	248,950		18,144
Average investment in impaired loans	1,604,000		77,000
Interest income recognized on impaired loans	280,805		42,626
Forgone interest income on impaired loans	104,127		13,436

Loans on nonaccrual status amounted to $2,018,100 and $85,519 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  There were $69,397 of loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2007.  There were $10,000 loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2006.

An analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan losses is presented below:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Balance, beginning of year	$	3,474,640		$		2,862,992
Provision for loan losses	310,500			726,700
Loans charged off	(152,897		)	(122,334			)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off	20,774			7,282
Balance, end of year	$	3,653,017		$	3,474,640

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers and their affiliates. The interest rates on these loans were substantially the same as rates prevailing at the time of the transaction and repayment terms are customary for the type of loan.  Changes in related-party loans are summarized as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Balance, beginning of year	$	4,950,249		$	5,110,092
Advances	2,817,108			3,896,065
Repayments	(272,760		)	(3,232,550		)
Transactions due to changes in related parties	(554,600		)	(823,358		)
Balance, end of year	$	6,939,997		$	4,950,249

Note 4.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
	2007			2006
Land	$	3,648,350		$	3,288,989
Building	4,275,135			2,854,900
Furniture and equipment	2,726,359			2,264,021
Construction in progress	—			1,054,355
	10,649,844			9,462,265
Less accumulated depreciation	(2,473,356		)	(2,078,670		)
	$	8,176,488		$	7,383,595

Lowcountry National Bank has entered into a non-cancelable operating lease related to land and buildings at its Bluffton branch, which expires in 2008 with options to renew. This lease was modified in 2005 to include additional space to provide for growth.

45

In 2007, Lowcountry National Bank entered into a non-cancelable lease for office space above the branch building in Port Royal, South Carolina. The lease is for a term of five years that will expire in 2012 with options to renew for subsequent five year periods.

In 2005, First National Bank of Nassau County (“FNB”) entered into a three-year lease for rental space for a loan production office in Savannah, Georgia. FNB also has an operating lease for rental space for a loan production office in Jacksonville, Florida.  This lease is cancelable at any time with four months notice.

In 2007, FNB entered into a three-year lease for rental space for a loan production office in Atlanta, Georgia.  FNB also entered into a three-year lease for rental space for a wholesale mortgage office in Atlanta, Georgia during 2007.

At December 31, 2007, future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are as follows:

2008	$	228,908
2009	193,112
2010	127,641
2011	63,876
2012	10,646
	$	624,183

Total rental expense amounted to $246,042 and $125,764 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, under these operating leases.

Note 5.

Intangible Assets

Following is a summary of information related to acquired intangible assets:

	December 31,
	2007		2006
Core deposit premiums
Gross carrying amount	$	1,212,435	$		1,212,435
Accumulated amortization	$	753,291	$	472,362

The aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets was $281,000 and $373,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

2008	$	198,503
2009	124,160
2010	74,026
2011	39,804
2012 and later	22,651
	$		459,144

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

	For the years ended December 31,
	2007		2006
Beginning balance	$	10,215,607	$	9,722,772
Adjustment of previously acquired goodwill based on final    allocations		196,307	(490,568		)
Goodwill acquired through purchase of subsidiary Bank		—	983,403
Ending balance	$	10,411,914	$	10,215,607

46

Note 6.

Deposits

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $124,594,644 and $119,006,645, respectively.  The company had $24,147,572 and $33,555,808 in brokered deposits included in time deposits as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2007 are as follows:

2008	$		185,152,469
2009	15,980,826
2010	10,407,288
2011	923,187
2012		2,609,500
	$	215,073,270

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, overdraft demand deposits reclassified to loans totaled $48,675 and $34,164, respectively.

Note 7.

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities sold under repurchase agreements, which are secured borrowings, generally mature within thirty to sixty days from the transaction date.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transactions.  The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 were $2,000,000.

Note 8.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors the Lowcountry National Bank Retirement Savings Plan and the First National Bank Savings Plan (collectively the “Plans”) for the benefit of all eligible employees. All full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate in these Plans provided they have met the eligibility requirements.  Contributions may begin after 30 days of employment. Part-time employees must work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year to be eligible. The Plans allow a participant to defer a portion of his compensation and provides that the Company will match a portion of the deferred compensation. Company matched contributions are vested over a five year period. The Company contributes to the Plans annually upon approval by the Board of Directors. Contributions made to the Plans in 2007 and 2006 amounted to $93,334 and $99,342, respectively.

Note 9.

Deferred Compensation Plans

The Company adopted a Director and Executive Officer Deferred Compensation Plan in 2004 that allows directors and executive officers to defer compensation. Interest accrues quarterly on deferred amounts at a rate, which is equal to 75% of the previous quarter’s return on equity, not to exceed 12%.  Accrued deferred compensation of $67,713 and $47,937 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is included in other liabilities.

Note 10.

Other Borrowings

Other borrowings consist of the following FHLB advances.

				FHLB Advances Outstanding December 31, 2007
Type advance	Balance			Interest rate			Maturity date	Convertible date
Fixed rate	$	1,000,000			5.02	%	February 17, 2009
Fixed rate	5,000,000				5.65	%	June 1, 2011
Convertible fixed rate advance	1,500,000				4.05	%	September 7, 2012	September 8, 2008
Convertible fixed rate advance	10,000,000				4.25	%	May 21, 2014	May 21, 2009
Convertible fixed rate advance	5,000,000				3.71	%	June 24, 2015	June 24, 2010
Convertible fixed rate advance	2,000,000				3.69	%	September 7, 2017	March 7, 2008
Variable rate	2,300,000				4.40	%
Less purchase accounting adjustments	(27,202		)
Total	$	26,772,798			4.41	%

47

				FHLB Advances Outstanding December 31, 2006
Type advance	Balance			Interest rate			Maturity date	Convertible date
Fixed rate	$	5,000,000			5.36	%	March 22, 2007
Fixed rate	5,000,000				5.65	%	June 1, 2011
Convertible fixed rate advance	5,000,000				4.01	%	August 16, 2010	August 16, 2007
Convertible fixed rate advance	10,000,000				4.25	%	May 21, 2014	May 21, 2009
Convertible fixed rate advance	5,000,000				3.71	%	June 24, 2015	June 24, 2010
Less purchase accounting adjustments	(26,949		)
Total	$	29,973,051			4.54	%

At December 31, 2007, the Banks had $12,300,000 of availability on lines of credit to purchase federal funds from unrelated banks. These lines of credit are available on a one to seven day basis for general corporate purposes of the Banks. All of the lenders have reserved the right to withdraw these lines at their option.  

Note 11.

Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Currently payable	$	1,315,818		$	2,181,294
Deferred tax benefit	(210,373		)	(534,262		)
	$	1,105,445		$	1,647,032

The Company’s income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rates to income before income taxes.  A reconciliation of the differences is as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Tax at federal income tax rate	$	1,270,672		$	1,702,200
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	107,302			134,180
Tax exempt interest	(172,017		)	(203,142		)
Other	(100,512		)	13,794
Provision for income taxes	$	1,105,445		$	1,647,032

Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets.  The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:

	December 31,
	2007		2006
Deferred income tax assets:
Loan loss reserves	$	1,199,933	$		1,121,742
Deferred compensation	23,021		16,299
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale	11,579		180,557
Other	394,353		428,087
Total deferred tax assets	1,628,886		1,746,685
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	185,273		208,412
Intangible assets	293,574		419,367
Other	132,377		142,639
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	611,224	$	770,418
Net deferred tax asset	$	1,017,662	$			976,267

48

Note 12.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

In May 2004, Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”) (a non-consolidated subsidiary) issued $3,000,000 of floating rate trust preferred securities with a maturity of May 18, 2034. In accordance with FIN No. 46(R), the trust has not been consolidated in these financial statements. The Company received from the Trust the $3,000,000 million proceeds from the issuance of securities and the $93,000 initial proceeds from the capital investment in the Trust, and accordingly has shown the funds due to the Trust as $3,093,000 junior subordinated debentures.

All of the common securities of the Trust are owned by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $3,093,000 of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which carry a floating rate equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.75%. At December 31, 2007, this rate was 7.90%. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to strengthen the capital position of Lowcountry National Bank and to accommodate current and future growth. The current regulatory rules allow certain amounts of junior subordinated debentures to be included in the calculation of regulatory capital, and have been included in the Tier I calculation accordingly. The debentures and related accrued interest represent the sole assets of the Trust.

The trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions quarterly, equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum of the stated liquidation value of $1,000 per capital security. The Company has entered into contractual arrangements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee payment of: (i) accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the trust preferred securities; (ii) the redemption price with respect to any trust preferred securities called for redemption by the Trust, and (iii) payments due upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding up, or liquidation of the Trust.

The trust preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures on May 18, 2034, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by the Trust in whole or in part, on or after May 18, 2009. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the unpaid principal amount, plus any accrued unpaid interest.

In June 2006, Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust II (the “Trust”) (a non-consolidated subsidiary) issued $4,000,000 of fixed rate trust preferred securities with a maturity of September 30, 2036. In accordance with FIN No. 46(R), the trust has not been consolidated in these financial statements. The Company received from the Trust the $4,000,000 million proceeds from the issuance of securities and the $124,000 initial proceeds from the capital investment in the Trust, and accordingly has shown the funds due to the Trust as $4,124,000 junior subordinated debentures.

All of the common securities of the Trust are owned by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $4,124,000 of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which carry a fixed rate of 7.18% until September 30, 2011 and a floating rate equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 1.60%, adjusted quarterly thereafter. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to strengthen the capital position of the Banks and to accommodate current and future growth. The current regulatory rules allow certain amounts of junior subordinated debentures to be included in the calculation of regulatory capital, and have been included in the Tier I calculation accordingly. The debentures and related accrued interest represent the sole assets of the Trust.

The trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions quarterly at a rate of 7.18% per annum of the stated liquidation value of $1,000 per capital security. The Company has entered into contractual arrangements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee payment of: (i) accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the trust preferred securities; (ii) the redemption price with respect to any trust preferred securities called for redemption by the Trust, and (iii) payments due upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding up, or liquidation of the Trust.

The trust preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures on September 30, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by the Trust in whole or in part, on or after September 30, 2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the unpaid principal amount, plus any accrued unpaid interest.

49

Note 13.

Stock Option Plans

In connection with the Company’s initial public stock offering, the directors received warrants to purchase 222,705 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $8.65 per share of which 184,595 shares are still outstanding. The warrants vested equally over a three-year period beginning December 2, 1999 and expire on December 2, 2009 or 120 days after the warrant holder ceased to serve as a member of the board of directors. As of December 31, 2007, all of the warrants are exercisable.

The Company adopted a Stock Incentive Plan in 2000 which currently authorizes 385,584 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the Plan.  The Plan provides that the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Plan will equal 15% of total outstanding shares.  The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors and provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of common stock to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company and Banks. The exercise price of each option granted under the Plan will not be less than the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors. Options are exercisable in whole or in part upon such terms as may be determined by the Board of Directors, and are exercisable no later than ten years after the date of grant. Options granted under the Plan generally vest over a five-year vesting period. As of December 31, 2007, 1 73,876 shares were available for grant under this Plan.

Additionally, the Company assumed the outstanding options under the 1999 First Capital Bank Holding Corporation Stock Option Plan (the “First Capital Plan”) in connection with the merger of First Capital Bank Holding Company with and into Company on October 1, 2005.  As a result of the merger, each outstanding option under the First Capital Plan was converted into an option to purchase Coastal Banking Company, Inc. common stock.  Coastal assumed and maintains the First Capital Plan solely to administer the options that were outstanding as of the effective time of the merger.  As of the effective time of the merger, the Company elected to discontinue the issuance of options under the First Capital Plan.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for grants in 2007 and 2006. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The company has not and does not expect to pay a dividend in the near future. Historical data is used to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year	$	6.45		$	7.90
Assumptions used to estimate fair value:
Risk-free interest rate	4.630		%	4.875		%
Dividend yield	0		%	0		%
Expected volatility	22		%	19		%
Expected life	7 years			7 years

50

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2007 is as follows:

Options Outstanding				Options Fully Vested and Exercisable			Options Expected to Vest
Option Shares Outstanding	Average Remaining Life (In Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Expected to Vest	Weighted Average Exercise Price
48,199	1.8	$	8.61	48,199	$	8.61	—	$	—
54,887	2.4		8.65	54,887		8.65	—		—
9,296	3.4		9.04	9,296		9.04	—		—
11,576	4.0		8.65	11,576		8.65	—		—
9,760	4.4		10.76	9,760		10.76	—		—
15,015	5.1		7.86	15,015		7.86	—		—
4,646	5.2		11.83	3,716		11.83	930		11.83
11,575	5.4		10.65	11,575		10.65	—		—
2,756	7.2		15.19	2,756		15.19	—		—
1,653	7.6		17.91	1,653		17.91	—		—
6,300	8.6		19.81	1,260		19.81	5,040		19.81
19,425	8.9		21.91	3,885		21.91	15,540		21.91
24,399	6.5		19.05	12,201		19.05	12,198		19.05
21,000	9.8		17.27	—		—	21,000		17.27
240,487	4.7	$	12.16	185,779	$	10.11	54,708	$	19.13

A summary status of the Company’s stock option plan as of December 31, 2007 and changes during the year is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price			Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, beginning of year	220,369			$	10.95	5.0		$	2,553,434
Granted during the year	45,399			18.23
Exercised during the year	(23,181	)		11.77
Cancelled during the year	(2,100	)		21.91
Outstanding, end of year	240,487			12.16		4.7		334,049
Options exercisable at year end	185,779			10.11		3.5		639,123

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years 2007 and 2006 was $6.45 and $7.52, respectively.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $41,257.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $470,813.

It is Coastal’s policy to issue new shares for stock option exercises and restricted stock rather than issue treasury shares. Coastal recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ related vesting term. As of December 31, 2007, there was $372,209 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years.  The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $130,836 and $27,071, respectively.

51

On October 1, 2005, the Company acquired First Capital Bank Holding Corporation, the holding company for First National Bank of Nassau County, Florida.  First Capital had a Phantom Stock Appreciation Rights (“PSARs”) plan.  As a result of the merger, the Company acquired a PSARs plan in which the participants were fully vested as a result of the merger.  The PSARs Plan authorized 31,955 rights to be granted to certain officers and key employees at the discretion of the Board of Directors of First Capital.  The Company does not plan to grant additional PSARs.  On June 29, 2007 the PSAR Plan was frozen at current market price of $19.05.  Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company accounted for phantom stock appreciation rights (“PSARs”) according to FASB Interpretation No. 28 (“FIN 28”).  Under FIN 28, the intrinsic value of the PSARs was reflected as a liability in the balance sheet.  The liability w as adjusted every quarter based on the intrinsic value as of the reporting date. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company accounts for PSARs using liability accounting.  This method requires the Company to record the liability for PSARs at fair value, rather than intrinsic value, in the balance sheet.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes model to determine the fair value of PSARs.  As a result of freezing the PSAR plan along with falling stock prices in 2007, the company recorded negative PSAR expense during 2007 of approximately $84,000.  The expense related to the PSARs plan was approximately $97,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.  The total amount in accrued expenses was approximately $118,000 and $223,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2007, there were 24,402 PSARS outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $15.35.  At December 31, 2006, there were 31,955 PSARS outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $15.19.  The PSARs outstanding are currently exercisable and have an intrinsic value of $90,000 and $235,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

All share numbers and prices are restated for the effects of a 5% stock dividend paid to shareholders of record on November 30, 2007.  

Note 14.

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Loan Commitments

The Banks are parties to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and loans sold with representations and warranties that are usual and customary for the industry. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contractual amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Banks have in particular classes of financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Banks evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. The Banks’ loans are primarily collateralized by residential and other real properties, automobiles, savings deposits, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Most letters of credit extend for less than one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Loans on one-to-four family residential mortgages originated by us are sold to various other financial institutions with representations and warranties that are usual and customary for the industry.  These representations and warranties give the purchaser of the loan the right to require that we repurchase a loan if the borrower fails to make any one of the first four loan payments within 30 days of the due date, which is termed an Early Payment Default (“EPD”).  Our maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of an EPD claim would be the unpaid principal balance of the loan to be repurchased along with any premium paid by the investor when the loan was purchased and other minor collection cost reimbursements.  The Bank’s have never had to repurchase a loan as the result of an EPD claim by an investor and do not anticipate any material credit risk related to future potential EPD claims on loans that have been previously sold and are no longer on the Banks& #146; balance sheets.  

52

In addition to EPD claims, the representations and warranties in our loan sale agreements also provide that we will indemnify the investors for losses or costs on loans we sell under certain limited conditions.  Some of these conditions include underwriting errors or omissions, fraud or material misstatements by the borrower in the loan application or invalid market value on the collateral property due to deficiencies in the appraisal.  In connection with the start up of the wholesale lending division, the Banks have established a reserve for costs related to potential indemnification costs and EPD claims.  The balance in this indemnification reserve was $18,000 at December 31, 2007 and there have been no claims or charges against this reserve since it was established in September 2007, accordingly management does not anticipate any material exposure in connection with loan sale indemnification or EPD claims.  

The Banks’ exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and loans sold with representations and warranties is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Banks use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. In most cases, the Banks require collateral to support financial instruments with credit risk.

	December 31,
	2007		2006
Commitments to extend credit	$	54,302,000	$		64,381,000
Standby letters of credit	$	328,000	$	800,000
Loans sold with usual and customary representations and warranties	$	14,360,000	$	21,796,000

Contingencies

The Company has, from time to time, various lawsuits and claims arising from the conduct of its business. Such items are not expected to have any material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Note 15.

Concentrations of Credit

The Banks make commercial, residential, construction, agricultural, agribusiness and consumer loans to customers South Carolina, Florida, and Georgia. A substantial portion of the Company's customers' abilities to honor their contracts is dependent on the business economy in the geographical area served by the Banks.

A substantial portion of the Company's loans are secured by real estate in the Company's primary market area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Company's loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in real estate conditions in the Company's primary market area.

Note 16.

Regulatory Matters

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under certain adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices must be met. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 Capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2007, that the Company and the Banks meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2007, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Banks must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Banks’ category. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

53

The actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table below.

	Actual							For Capital Adequacy Purposes						To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount			Ratio				Amount			Ratio			Amount		Ratio
As of December 31, 2007:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	46,785,780	14.49		%		$		25,824,288			8.00	%	---N/A---
Lowcountry National Bank	$	19,434,686		13.34		%		$		11,655,440		8.00	%	$	14,569,300	10.00	%
First National Bank of Nassau County	$	23,977,702		13.68		%		$		14,022,800		8.00	%	$	17,528,500	10.00	%
Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	43,115,132		13.36		%		$		12,912,144		4.00	%	---N/A---
Lowcountry National Bank	$	17,775,164		12.20		%		$		5,827,720		4.00	%	$	8,741,580	6.00	%
First National Bank of Nassau County	$	21,966,576		12.53		%		$		7,011,400		4.00	%	$	10,517,100	6.00	%
Tier I Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated	$	43,115,132		10.41		%		$		16,559,862		4.00	%	---N/A---
Lowcountry National Bank	$	17,775,164		9.30		%		$		7,647,560		4.00	%	$	9,559,450	5.00	%
First National Bank of Nassau County	$	21,966,576		9.91		%		$		8,869,400		4.00	%	$	11,086,750	5.00	%

	Actual							For Capital Adequacy Purposes						To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount			Ratio				Amount			Ratio			Amount		Ratio
As of December 31, 2006:
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	43,471,376	13.06		%		$		26,632,240			8.00	%	---N/A---
Lowcountry National Bank	$	18,066,910		11.88		%		$		12,167,040		8.00	%	$	15,208,800	10.00	%
First National Bank of Nassau County	$	21,876,690		12.19		%		$		14,355,200		8.00	%	$	17,944,000	10.00	%
Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets
Consolidated	$	39,783,299		11.95		%		$		13,316,120		4.00	%	---N/A---
Lowcountry National Bank	$	16,412,642		10.79		%		$		6,083,520		4.00	%	$	9,125,280	6.00	%
First National Bank of Nassau County	$	19,842,881		11.06		%		$		7,177,600		4.00	%	$	10,766,400	6.00	%
Tier I Capital to Average Assets
Consolidated	$	39,783,299		10.44		%		$		15,237,280		4.00	%	---N/A---
Lowcountry National Bank	$	16,412,642		8.66		%		$		7,584,200		4.00	%	$	9,480,250	5.00	%
First National Bank of Nassau County	$	19,842,881		9.23		%		$		8,597,160		4.00	%	$	10,746,450	5.00	%

There are no current plans to initiate payment of cash dividends and future dividend policy will depend on the Banks’ and the Company’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Banks are restricted in their ability to pay dividends under national banking laws and regulations of the OCC. Generally, these restrictions require the Banks to pay dividends derived solely from net profits. Moreover, the OCC’s prior approval is required if dividends declared by either Bank in any calendar year exceed that Bank’s net profit for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years.

54

Note 17.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered as representative of the liquidation value of the Banks, but rather represent a good-faith estimate of the increase or decrease in value of financial instruments held by the Banks since purchase, origination, or issuance. This analysis has not undertaken any steps to value any intangibles, which is permitted by the provisions of SFAS No. 107.

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheets, for which it is practical to estimate that value. Certain items are specifically excluded from the disclosure requirements, including the Company’s common stock, premises and equipment and other assets and liabilities.

The following methods and assumptions were used in this analysis in estimating the fair value of financial instruments:

·

Cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in banks: The carrying amount of cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in banks approximates fair value.

·

Securities: Fair value of securities is based on available quoted market prices. The carrying amount of equity securities with no readily determinable fair value approximates fair value.

·

Loans: The carrying amount of variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-rate loans is estimated based on discounted contractual cash flows, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated based on discounted contractual cash flows or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

·

Deposits: The carrying amount of demand deposits, savings deposits and variable-rate certificates of deposits approximates fair value.  The fair value of fixed-rate certificates of deposit is estimated based on discounted contractual cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for certificates of similar maturities.

·

Federal funds Sold and Purchased, Repurchase Agreements and Other Borrowings: The carrying amount of variable rate borrowings, federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements approximates fair value.  The fair value of fixed rate other borrowings is estimated based on discounted contractual cash flows using the current incremental borrowing rates for similar type borrowing arrangements.

·

Junior Subordinated Debentures:  The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate trust preferred securities is based on available quoted market prices.

·

Accrued Interest:  The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value.

·

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments:  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit approximates fair value.  The carrying amount of the off-balance-sheet financial instruments is based on fees charged to enter into such agreements.

55

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

	December 31,
	2007			2006
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value	Carrying Amount		Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash, due from banks, and interest-    bearing deposits in banks	$	7,061,741	7,061,741	$	6,703,162	6,703,162
Federal funds sold	4,710,397		4,710,397	18,967,745		18,967,745
Securities available for sale	87,171,416		87,171,416	60,372,740		60,732,740
Securities held to maturity	—		—	16,998,209		16,858,174
Restricted equity securities	3,683,416		3,683,416	3,710,217		3,710,217
Loans held for sale	20,553,409		20,553,409	1,039,976		1,039,976
Loans, net	277,637,628		279,855,238	288,345,306		288,580,074
Accrued interest receivable	2,322,912		2,322,912	2,422,575		2,422,575
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	345,847,116		347,821,220	340,058,621		341,319,966
Securities sold under agreements    to repurchase	2,000,000		2,000,000	2,000,000		2,000,000
Other borrowings	26,772,798		26,262,898	29,973,051		28,377,165
Junior subordinated debentures	7,217,000		7,003,992	7,217,000		7,282,039
Accrued interest payable	703,790		703,790	956,571		956,571

Note 18.

Condensed Financial Information of Coastal Banking Company (Parent Company Only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2007		2006
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	1,671,457	$	2,256,398
Investment in Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I & II	217,000		217,000
Investment in subsidiary banks	50,590,360		46,860,710
Premises and equipment	1,258,882		—
Other assets	349,723		1,170,358
Total assets	$	54,087,422	$		50,504,466
Liabilities
Junior subordinated debentures	$	7,217,000	$			7,217,000
Other liabilities	123,670		115,980
Total liabilities	7,340,670		7,332,980
Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ equity	46,746,752		43,171,486
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	54,087,422	$			50,504,466

56

Condensed Statements of Income

	For the years ended December 31,
	2007				2006
Income
Interest income	$		94,506		$	126,107
Gain on sale of real estate	—				321,038
Other income	45,990				175
Total income	140,496				447,320
Expenses
Interest expense	560,194				391,932
Other operating expenses	724,309				450,133
Total expense	1,284,503				842,065
Loss before income tax benefits and equity in undistributed    earnings of subsidiaries	(1,144,007			)	(394,745		)
Income tax benefits	374,239				127,716
Loss before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries	(769,768			)	(267,029		)
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries	3,401,594				3,626,566
Net income	$	2,631,826			$	3,359,537

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	For the years ended December 31,
	2007			2006
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	2,631,826		$	3,359,537
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used by    operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of Bank	(3,401,594		)	(3,626,566			)
Depreciation and amortization	20,849			4,500
Stock-based compensation expense	130,836			27,071
Gain on sale of real estate	—			(321,038			)
Change in other assets and liabilities	820,156			(1,100,721			)
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities	202,073			(1,657,217			)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of premises and equipment	(1,275,231		)	—
Contribution of capital to subsidiary banks	—			(4,000,000			)
Investment in Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust II	—			(124,000			)
Proceeds from sale of real estate	—			735,942
Net cash used by investing activities	(1,275,231		)	(3,388,058			)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from junior subordinated debt	—			4,124,000
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	488,217			317,799
Net cash provided by financing activities	488,217			4,441,779
Net change in cash and due from banks	(584,941		)	(603,476			)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year	2,256,398			2,859,874
Cash and due from banks at end of year	$	1,671,457		$		2,256,398

57

Item 9.

Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (Disclosure Controls).  Disclosure Controls, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.  Disclosure Controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls will prevent all error and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about th e likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Based upon their controls evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our Disclosure Controls are effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are executed in accordance with appropriate management authorization and accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007.  Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.  Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Based on this assessment, management believes that Coastal Banking Company, Inc maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007.

58

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

There have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

59

PART III

Item 10.

 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

The information for this Item is included in the company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2008, under the headings “Proposal:  Election of Directors”, “Code of Ethics,” “Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.

 Executive Compensation

The responses to this Item are included in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2008, under the heading “Compensation” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The responses to this Item are included, in part, in the company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2008, under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plans

The table below sets forth information regarding shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for issuance under the following equity compensation plans and agreements:

·

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Coastal Plan”)

·

First Capital Bank Holding Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “First Capital Plan’)

·

Coastal Banking Company, Inc. Stock Warrant Agreements

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan	Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights	Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options		Number of Securities Remaining for Future Issuance
Equity Plans Approved by Security Holders	240,487(1)	$	12.16	173,876(2)
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders	184,595	8.65		-
Total	425,082	10.64		173,876

(1)

 Includes 168,586 shares subject to options issued under the Coastal Plan and 71,901 shares subject to options issued under the First Capital Plan.

(2)

Reflects shares available for issuance under the Coastal Plan.  No shares are available for issuance under the First Capital Plan.  The total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Coastal Plan automatically increases each time the Company issues additional shares of common stock, so that the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance continues to equal 15% of the total number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.  The total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Coastal Plan as of December 31, 2007 was 385,584.

60

Stock Option Plans

The Coastal Plan was approved by shareholders on May 23, 2000.  Coastal Banking Company, Inc. assumed the First Capital Plan in connection with the merger of First Capital Bank Holding Company with and into Coastal Banking Company, Inc. on October 1, 2005.  As a result of the merger, each outstanding option under the First Capital Plan was converted into an option to purchase Coastal Banking Company, Inc. common stock.  Coastal assumed and maintains the First Capital Plan solely to administer the options that were outstanding as of the effective time of the merger.  As of the effective time of the merger, the Company elected to discontinue the issuance of options under the First Capital Plan.

Stock Warrants

Our outstanding stock warrant agreements were not approved by shareholders.  Each of our organizers received, for no additional consideration, a warrant to purchase one share of common stock for $8.65 per share for each share purchased during our initial public offering. The warrants are represented by separate warrant agreements. The warrants vested in equal annual increments over the three-year period beginning on December 2, 1999 and expire on the earlier of December 2, 2009 or 120 days after the warrant holder ceases to be a director, officer or employee of the Company or Lowcountry National Bank, provided that if the warrant holder ceases to be a director, officer or employee due to death, the Company may extend the warrant holder’s right to exercise for any period through December 2, 2009. The warrants may not be assigned, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated in any way.  If the OCC or the FDIC issues a capital directive or other order requiring the bank to ob tain additional capital, the warrants may be forfeited, if not immediately exercised.

Item 13.

 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The responses to this Item are included in the company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 16, 2008, under the headings “Related Party Transactions” and “Compensation” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

 Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The responses to this Item are included in the company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2008, under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference.   

Item 15.

 Exhibits

3.1	Articles of Incorporation.
3.2.	Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2, File No. 333-86371).
4.1.	See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions in the company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws defining the rights of holders’ of the common stock.
4.2.	Form of certificate of common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2, File No. 333-86371).
4.3	Coastal Banking Company, Inc. Indenture dated May 18, 2004
4.4	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated May 18, 2004
4.5	Guarantee Agreement, Coastal Banking Company, Inc. dated May 18, 2004
4.6	Coastal Banking Company Junior Subordinated Indenture dated June 30, 2006
4.7	Coastal Banking Company, Inc. Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006.
4.8	Guarantee Agreement between Coastal Banking Company, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, dated as of June 30, 2006.
10.1	Employment Agreement dated August 12, 1999 between the company and Randolph Kohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2, File No. 333-86371).*
10.2	Form of Stock Warrant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registration Statement on Form SB-2, File No. 333-86371).*

61

10.2.1	First Amendment to the Coastal Banking Co. Inc Form of Stock Warrant Agreement (incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-125318, filed May 27, 2005).
10.3	Coastal Banking Company, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002, File No. 333-86371).*
10.4	Lease Agreement between Lowcountry National Bank and Bright O’Hare Moss Creek Partnership, dated January 14, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2002, File No. 333-86371).
10.5	Form of Lowcountry National Bank Director Deferred Fee Agreement. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004, File No. 000-28333)*
10.6	Form of Lowcountry National Bank Executive Deferred Compensation Fee Agreement.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004, File No. 333-86371)*
10.7	Employment Agreement dated April 6, 2005 between the company and Randolph Kohn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-28333).*
10.8	Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2005 between the company and Michael Sanchez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-28333).*
10.9	Salary Continuation Agreement dated April 6, 2005 between the company and Gary Horn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-28333).*
10.10	Salary Continuation Agreement dated April 6, 2005 between the company and James Pate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-28333).*
10.11	Salary Continuation Agreement dated October 1, 2005 between the company and Timothy Ayers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K; File No. 000-28333)*
10.12	Salary Continuation Agreement dated October 1, 2005 between the company and Leo Deas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K; File No. 000-28333)*
10.13	Form of Amendment to Lowcountry National Bank Director Deferred Fee Agreement*
10.14	Employment Agreement dated September 10, 2007 between the company and Paul R. Garrigues*
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1	Consent of Certified Public Accountant.
24.1	Power of Attorney (contained as part of the signature pages herewith).
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.
32.1	Section 1350 Certifications.

*               Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

62

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Coastal Banking Company, Inc. has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.
By:	/s/ Michael G. Sanchez
	Michael G. Sanchez
	Chief Executive Officer
Date:	March 14, 2008

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears on the signature page to this Report constitutes and appoints Randolph C. Kohn and Michael G. Sanchez his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection herewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by vir tue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Ron Anderson	Director	March 19, 2008
Ron Anderson
/s/ Christina H. Bryan	Director	March 18, 2008
Christina H. Bryan
/s/ Suellen Rodeffer Garner	Chairman of the Board of	March 19, 2008
Suellen Rodeffer Garner	Directors
/s/ Paul R. Garrigues	Chief Financial Officer	March 14, 2008
Paul R. Garrigues **
/s/ Dennis O. Green	Director	March 14, 2008
Dennis O. Green
/s/ James W. Holden, Jr.	Director	March 17, 2008
James W. Holden, Jr.

63

/s/ Ladson F. Howell	Vice Chairman of the Board of	March 14, 2008
Ladson F. Howell	Directors
/s/ James C. Key	Director	March 14, 2008
James C. Key
/s/ Randolph C. Kohn	President and	March 14, 2008
Randolph C. Kohn	Director
/s/ Robert B. Pinkerton	Director	March 14, 2008
Robert B. Pinkerton
/s/ Michael G. Sanchez	Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 14, 2008
Michael G. Sanchez*
/s/ Edward E. Wilson	Director	March 18, 2008
Edward E. Wilson
	Director	March 19, 2008
Marshall E. Wood

*      Principal Executive Officer

**    Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

64

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY

AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

On February 22, 2008, Coastal Banking Company, Inc. filed an amendment to its Articles of Incorporation to add the following new Articles to its Articles of Incorporation:

“Consideration of Certain Business Transactions.

(a)

In any case in which the Act or other applicable law requires shareholder approval of any merger or share exchange of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to any other corporation, person or other entity, approval of such actions shall require either:

(i)

the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of the Corporation then in office and the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote; or

(ii)

the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Corporation then in office and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote.

(b)

The Board of Directors shall have the power to determine for the purposes of this Article, on the basis of information known to the Corporation, whether any sale, lease or exchange or other disposition of part of the assets of the Corporation involves substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

(c)

Unless two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office shall approve the proposed change, this Article may be amended or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders, and notice of the proposed change must be contained in the notice of the meeting.”

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

NAME

The name of the corporation is Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the "Corporation").  The original articles of incorporation were filed on June 8, 1999.

ARTICLE TWO

ADDRESS AND REGISTERED AGENT

The street address of the initial registered office of the Corporation is 36 West Sea Island Parkway, Beaufort, South Carolina 29902.  The name of the Corporation's initial registered agent at such address shall be Randolph C. Kohn.

ARTICLE THREE

CAPITALIZATION

The Corporation shall have the authority, exercisable by its board of directors, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of voting common stock, par value $.01 per share, and to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. The board of directors shall have the authority to specify the preferences, limitations and relative rights of each class of preferred stock.  

ARTICLE FOUR

PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

The shareholders shall not have any preemptive rights to acquire additional stock in the Corporation.

ARTICLE FIVE

NO CUMULATIVE VOTING RIGHTS

The Corporation elects not to have cumulative voting, and no shares issued by this Corporation may be cumulatively voted for directors of the Corporation (or for any other decision).  

ARTICLE SIX

LIMITATION ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of the duty of care or any other duty as a director, except that such liability shall not be eliminated for:

(i)  any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders;

(ii)  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law;

(iii)  liability imposed under Section 33-8-330 (or any successor provision or redesignation thereof) of the Act; and

(iv)  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If at any time the Act shall have been amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of each director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, as so amended, without further action by the shareholders, unless the provisions of the Act, as amended, require further action by the shareholders.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Six shall not adversely affect the elimination or limitation of liability or alleged liability pursuant hereto of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any alleged act or omission of the director occurring prior to such a repeal or modification.

ARTICLE SEVEN

CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS

The provisions of Title 35, Chapter 2, Article 1 of the Code of Laws of South Carolina shall not apply to control share acquisitions of shares of the Corporation.

ARTICLE EIGHT

CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

At any time that the Board has six or more members the terms of office of directors will be staggered by dividing the total number of directors into three classes, with each class accounting for one-third, as near as may be, of the total.  Upon the filing of this amended and restated articles of incorporation (the “Articles”), the directors and their classes will be as follows:

Class I	Class II	Class III
James W. Holden	Ladson F. Howell	Randolph C. Kohn
James C. Key	Dennis O. Green	Robert B. Pinkerton
Michael G. Sanchez	Ron Anderson	Robert L. Peters
Christina H. Bryan	Suellen Rodeffer Garner	Edward E. Wilson

The terms of directors in the first class expire at the first annual shareholders' meeting after the filing of the Articles, the terms of the second class expire at the second annual shareholders' meeting after the filing of the Articles, and the terms of the third class expire at the third annual shareholders' meeting after the filing of the Articles.  At each annual shareholders' meeting held thereafter, directors shall be chosen for a term of three years to succeed those whose terms expire.  If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and when the number of directors is increased and any newly created directorships are filled by the board, the terms of the additional directors shall expire at the next election of directors by the shareholders.  Each director, except in the case of h is earlier death, written resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal, shall serve for the duration of his term, as staggered, and thereafter until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

ARTICLE NINE

CONSIDERATION OF OTHER CONSTITUENCIES

In discharging the duties of their respective positions and in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation, the board of directors, committees of the board of directors, and individual directors, in addition to considering the effects of any actions on the Corporation and its shareholders, may consider the interests of the employees, customers, suppliers, creditors, and other constituencies of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the communities and geographical areas in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located, and all other factors such directors consider pertinent.  This provision solely grants discretionary authority to the board of directors and shall not be deemed to provide to any other constituency any right to be considered.

ARTICLE TEN

NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE SOLE INCORPORATOR

The sole incorporator is Randolph C. Kohn, whose address is 36 West Sea Island Parkway, Beaufort, South Carolina 29902.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Incorporation as of the date indicated below.

By:	/s/ Randy Kohn
	Randolph C. Kohn Chief Executive Officer

Date:  September     , 2005

EX-4.3

EXHIBIT 4.3

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.
as Company






INDENTURE
Dated as of May 18, 2004


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
As Trustee


JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES

Due July 23, 2034

(8) Austin\137162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

PAGE

SECTION 1.01.      Definitions

1

Additional Interest

1

Additional Provisions

1

Authenticating Agent

1

Bankruptcy Law

1

Board of Directors

2

Board Resolution

2

Business Day

2

Calculation Agent

2

Capital Securities

2

Capital Securities Guarantee

2

Capital Treatment Event

2

Certificate

3

Common Securities

3

Company

3

Debt Security

3

Debt Security Register

3

Declaration

3

Default

3

Defaulted Interest

3

Deferred Interest

3

Event of Default

3

Extension Period

3

Federal Reserve

3

Indenture

3

Initial Purchaser

3

Institutional Trustee

3

Interest Rate

4

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

PAGE

Investment Company Event

4

LIBOR

4

LIBOR Banking Day

4

LIBOR Business Day

4

LIBOR Determination Date

4

Liquidation Amount

4

Maturity Date

4

Notice

4

Officers' Certificate

4

Opinion of Counsel

5

OTS

5

Outstanding

5

Paying Agent

5

Person

5

Predecessor Security

5

Principal Office of the Trustee

5

Redemption Date

5

Redemption Price

6

Responsible Officer

6

Securityholder

6

Senior Indebtedness

6

Special Event

6

Special Redemption Date

6

Subsidiary

7

Tax Event

7

Trust

7

Trust Indenture Act

7

Trust Securities

7

Trustee

8

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

PAGE

United States

8

U.S. Person

8

ARTICLE II
DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.      Authentication and Dating

8

SECTION 2.02.      Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

8

SECTION 2.03.      Form and Denomination of Debt Securities

9

SECTION 2.04.      Execution of Debt Securities

9

SECTION 2.05.      Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities

9

SECTION 2.06.      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities

12

SECTION 2.07.      Temporary Debt Securities

13

SECTION 2.08.      Payment of Interest

13

SECTION 2.09.      Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc

15

SECTION 2.10.      Computation of Interest

15

SECTION 2.11.      Extension of Interest Payment Period

17

SECTION 2.12.      CUSIP Numbers

18

ARTICLE III
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 3.01.      Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment
                                of the Debt Securities

18

SECTION 3.02.      Offices for Notices and Payments, etc

19

SECTION 3.03.      Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office

19

SECTION 3.04.      Provision as to Paying Agent

19

SECTION 3.05.      Certificate to Trustee

20

SECTION 3.06.      Additional Interest

21

SECTION 3.07.      Compliance with Consolidation Provisions

21

SECTION 3.08.      Limitation on Dividends

21

SECTION 3.09.      Covenants as to the Trust

22

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

PAGE

ARTICLE IV
LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.01.      Securityholders' Lists

22

SECTION 4.02.      Preservation and Disclosure of Lists

23

ARTICLE V
REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT

SECTION 5.01.      Events of Default

24

SECTION 5.02.      Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor

26

SECTION 5.03.      Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee

27

SECTION 5.04.      Proceedings by Securityholders

28

SECTION 5.05.      Proceedings by Trustee

28

SECTION 5.06.      Remedies Cumulative and Continuing

28

SECTION 5.07.      Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
                                Securityholders

29

SECTION 5.08.      Notice of Defaults

29

SECTION 5.09.      Undertaking to Pay Costs

30

ARTICLE VI
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.01.      Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee

30

SECTION 6.02.      Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc

32

SECTION 6.03.      No Responsibility for Recitals, etc

33

SECTION 6.04.      Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or
                                Registrar May Own Debt Securities

33

SECTION 6.05.      Moneys to be Held in Trust

33

SECTION 6.06.      Compensation and Expenses of Trustee

33

SECTION 6.07.      Officers' Certificate as Evidence

34

SECTION 6.08.      Eligibility of Trustee

34

SECTION 6.09.      Resignation or Removal of Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying
                               Agent or Debt Security Registrar

35

SECTION 6.10.      Acceptance by Successor

36

-iv-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

PAGE

SECTION 6.11.      Succession by Merger, etc

37

SECTION 6.12.      Authenticating Agents

38

ARTICLE VII
CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 7.01.      Action by Securityholders

39

SECTION 7.02.      Proof of Execution by Securityholders

39

SECTION 7.03.      Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners

40

SECTION 7.04.      Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding

40

SECTION 7.05.      Revocation of Consents; Future Securityholders Bound

40

ARTICLE VIII
SECURITYHOLDERS' MEETINGS

SECTION 8.01.      Purposes of Meetings

41

SECTION 8.02.      Call of Meetings by Trustee

41

SECTION 8.03.      Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders

42

SECTION 8.04.      Qualifications for Voting

42

SECTION 8.05.      Regulations

42

SECTION 8.06.      Voting

43

SECTION 8.07.      Quorum; Actions

43

SECTION 8.08.      Written Consent Without a Meeting

44

ARTICLE IX
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01.      Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders

44

SECTION 9.02.      Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders

45

SECTION 9.03.      Effect of Supplemental Indentures

46

SECTION 9.04.      Notation on Debt Securities

47

SECTION 9.05.      Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be
                                furnished to Trustee

47

ARTICLE X
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01.      Optional Redemption

47

SECTION 10.02.      Special Event Redemption

47

-v-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

PAGE

SECTION 10.03.      Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities

48

SECTION 10.04.      Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption

48

ARTICLE XI
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

SECTION 11.01.      Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

49

SECTION 11.02.      Successor Entity to be Substituted

50

SECTION 11.03.      Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee

50

ARTICLE XII
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

SECTION 12.01.      Discharge of Indenture

50

SECTION 12.02.      Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee

51

SECTION 12.03.      Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held

51

SECTION 12.04.      Return of Unclaimed Moneys

51

ARTICLE XIII
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 13.01.      Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations

52

ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 14.01.      Successors

52

SECTION 14.02.      Official Acts by Successor Entity

52

SECTION 14.03.      Surrender of Company Powers

52

SECTION 14.04.      Addresses for Notices, etc

53

SECTION 14.05.      Governing Law

53

SECTION 14.06.      Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent

53

SECTION 14.07.      Non-Business Days

54

SECTION 14.08.      Table of Contents, Headings, etc

54

SECTION 14.09.      Execution in Counterparts

54

SECTION 14.10.      Severability

54

SECTION 14.11.      Assignment

54

-vi-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

PAGE

SECTION 14.12.      Acknowledgment of Rights

54

ARTICLE XV
SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 15.01.      Agreement to Subordinate

55

SECTION 15.02.      Default on Senior Indebtedness

55

SECTION 15.03.      Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy

56

SECTION 15.04.      Subrogation

57

SECTION 15.05.      Trustee to Effectuate Subordination

58

SECTION 15.06.      Notice by the Company

58

SECTION 15.07.      Rights of the Trustee, Holders of Senior Indebtedness

59

SECTION 15.08.      Subordination May Not Be Impaired

59

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A              FORM OF DEBT SECURITY

-vii-

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of May 18, 2004, between Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a bank holding company incorporated in South Carolina (hereinafter sometimes called the "Company"), and JPMorgan Chase Bank as trustee (hereinafter sometimes called the "Trustee").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due July 23, 2034 (the "Debt Securities") under this Indenture and to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debt Securities by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debt Securities as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term "generally accepted accounting principles" means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words "herein," "hereof' and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

"Additional Interest" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.06.

"Additional Provisions" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.01.

"Authenticating Agent" means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12.

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, New York City or the city of the Principal Office of either the Trustee or the Company are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

"Calculation Agent" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph hereof with respect to the Debt Securities and the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities.

"Capital Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as "TP Securities" and rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

"Capital Securities Guarantee" means the guarantee agreement that the Company will enter into with JPMorgan Chase Bank or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust.

"Capital Treatment Event" means, if the Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or any rules, guidelines or policies of any applicable regulatory authority for the Company or (b) any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that within 90 d ays of the receipt of such opinion, the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank or financial holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further, however, that the distribution of the Debt Securities in connection with the

-2-

liquidation of the Trust by the Company shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

"Certificate" means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company.

"Common Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as "Common Securities" and rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities.

"Company" means Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a bank holding company incorporated in South Carolina, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.

"Debt Security" or "Debt Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.

"Debt Security Register" has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.

"Declaration" means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of May 18, 2004, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Default" means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08.

"Deferred Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

"Event of Default" means any event specified in Section 5.01, which has continued for the period of time, if any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated.

"Extension Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

"Federal Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  

"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.

"Initial Purchaser" means the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities.

"Institutional Trustee" has the meaning set forth in the Declaration.

-3-

"Interest Payment Date" means January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing on July 23, 2004, during the term of this Indenture.

"Interest Payment Period" means the period from and including an Interest Payment Date, or in the case of the first Interest Payment Period, the original date of issuance of the Debt Securities, to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.

"Interest Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period, a per annum rate of interest, equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Interest Payment Date, plus 2.75%; provided, however, that the Interest Rate for any Interest Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an "investment company" that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debt Securities.

"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate for U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to Section 2.10(b).

"LIBOR Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(1).

"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(1).

"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b).

"Liquidation Amount" means the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

"Maturity Date" means July 23, 2034.

"Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

-4-

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section.

"OTS" means the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies.

"Outstanding" means, when used with reference to Debt Securities, subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, as of any particular time, all Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except

(a)

Debt Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b)

Debt Securities, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, that, if such Debt Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in Articles X and XIV or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and

(c)

Debt Securities paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debt Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debt Securities are held by bona fide holders in due course.

"Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(e).

"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Predecessor Security" of any particular Debt Security means every previous Debt Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debt Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security.

"Principal Office of the Trustee" means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times shall be located within the United States and at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be 600 Travis Street, 50^th Floor, Houston, Texas 77002.

"Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01.

-5-

"Redemption Price" means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Securityholder," "holder of Debt Securities" or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debt Security is registered on the Debt Security Register.

"Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker's acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under o ptions or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless, with the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if not otherwise generally approved, it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior or are pari passu in right of payment to the Debt Securities; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (A) any debt securities issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust) that is a financi ng vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity or other securities in transactions substantially similar in structure to the transactions contemplated hereunder and in the Declaration or (B) any guarantees of the Company in respect of the equity or other securities of any financing entity referred to in clause (A) above.

"Special Event" means any of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event.

"Special Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

-6-

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to July 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:  

Special Redemption During the 12-Month Period Beginning July 23	Percentage of Principal Amount
2005	103.140%
2006	102.355%
2007	101.570%
2008	100.785%
2009 and thereafter	100.000%

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the direct ors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations (an "Administrative Action")) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debt Securities; (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debt Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to or otherwise required to pay, or

-7-

required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities, more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

"Trust" means Coastal Banking Company Trust I, the Delaware statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debt Securities under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation.

"Trust Securities" means Common Securities and Capital Securities of Coastal Banking Company Trust I.

"Trustee" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph hereof, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder.

"United States" means the United States of America and the District of Columbia.

"U.S. Person" has the meaning given to United States Person as set forth in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

ARTICLE II

DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.  Authentication and Dating.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debt Securities in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $3,093,000 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debt Securities to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents, without any further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debt Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if app licable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other officers with appropriate delegated authority of the Company as the case may be.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Securityholders.  The Trustee shall also be entitled to receive an opinion of counsel to the effect

-8-

that (1) all conditions precedent to the execution, delivery and authentication of the Securities have been complied with; (2) the Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act; and (3) the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

The definitive Debt Securities shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities.

SECTION 2.02.  Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee's certificate of authentication on all Debt Securities shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

By________________________________

Authorized Signatory

SECTION 2.03.  Form and Denomination of Debt Securities.

The Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Debt Securities shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Debt Securities shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

SECTION 2.04.  Execution of Debt Securities.

The Debt Securities shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of any of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal (if legally required), which may be affixed thereto or printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise, and which need not be attested. Only such Debt Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized officer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debt Security executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debt Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debt Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the Company, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of

-9-

as though the Person who signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.

Every Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 2.05.  Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities.

The Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.02, a register (the "Debt Security Register") for the Debt Securities issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debt Securities as provided in this Article II. Such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.

Debt Securities to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or trans ferees a new Debt Security for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debt Security by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.02, and delivery of such Debt Security, shall be deemed to complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debt Security.

All Debt Securities presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by, a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and either the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by, the holder or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debt Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debt Security for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the date of selection of Debt Securities for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by

-10-

the Company in accordance with applicable law, which legend shall be placed on each Debt Security:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A "NON U.S. PERSON" IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY

-11-

WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON B EHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED.

-12-

SECTION 2.06.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities.

In case any Debt Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debt Security bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debt Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debt Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debt Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debt Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and , in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

Every substituted Debt Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any such Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or paym ent of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

SECTION 2.07.  Temporary Debt Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities, the Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debt Securities that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debt Securities shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debt Securities but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debt Security shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debt Securities. Without

-13-

unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debt Securities and thereupon any or all temporary Debt Securities may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debt Securities a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive Debt Securities. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debt S ecurities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debt Securities authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 2.08.  Payment of Interest.

Each Debt Security will bear interest at the then applicable Interest Rate from and including each Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Period, the original date of issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable, on the principal thereof, on any overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on Deferred Interest and on any overdue installment of interest (including Defaulted Interest), payable (subject to the provisions of Article XV) on each Interest Payment Date commencing on July 23, 2004. Interest and any Deferred Interest on any Debt Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Intere st Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. In case (i) the Maturity Date of any Debt Security or (ii) any Debt Security or portion thereof is called for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and either on or prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Debt Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Security.

Any interest on any Debt Security, other than Deferred Interest, that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted

-14-

Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than fifteen nor less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than ten days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and thereafter the Company shall have no further payment obligation in respect of the Defaulted Interest.

Any interest scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debt Securities.

The term "regular record date" as used in this Section shall mean the fifteenth day prior to the applicable Interest Payment Date whether or not such date is a Business Day.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debt Security.

SECTION 2.09.  Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.

All Debt Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Debt Securities in accordance with its customary practices, unless the Company otherwise directs the Trustee in writing, in which case the Trustee shall dispose of such Debt Securities as directed by the Company. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debt Securities unless and until the same are surrende red to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.10.  Computation of Interest.

(a)

The amount of interest payable for any Interest Payment Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of a Special Event Redemption pursuant to Section 10.02 the amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be calculated as set forth in the definition of Special Redemption Price.

-15-

(b)

LIBOR, for any Interest Payment Period, shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

(1)

On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 (or, with respect to the first Interest Payment Period, on May 18, 2004) (each such day, a "LIBOR Determination Date" for the following Interest Payment Period), the Calculation Agent shall obtain the rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or se rvices as may be nominated by the British Banker's Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, and the rate so obtained shall be LIBOR for such Interest Payment Period.  "LIBOR Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on the same LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for that Interest Payment Period.

(2)

If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker's Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London Interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London Interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

-16-

(3)

If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for the applicable Interest Payment Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Payment Period.

(c)

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(d)

On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Company and the Paying Agent of the applicable Interest Rate in effect for the related Interest Payment Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of the holder of any Debt Securities, provide the Interest Rate then in effect. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the Holders of the Debt Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Company as to the Interest Rate. The Company shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.

SECTION 2.11.  Extension of Interest Payment Period.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to twenty consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest distribution period, an "Extension Period"), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or any Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and interest on such accrue d interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; and provided further, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.08 of this Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided, that such period together wit h all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed twenty consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may

-17-

commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin such Extension Period ("Notice") at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which interest on the Debt Securities would have been payable except for the election to begin such Extension Period or (ii) the date such interest is payable, but in any event not later than the related regular record date.  The Notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, why the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period.  The Notice shall acknowledge and affirm the Company's understanding that it is prohibited from issuing dividends and other distributions during the Extension Period.  Upon receipt of the Notice, an Initial Purchaser shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to disclose the name of the Company, the fact that the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period and other information that such Initial Purchaser, at its sole discretion, deems relevant to the company's election to begin an Extension Period.  The Trustee shall give notice of the Company's election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.

SECTION 2.12.  CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Debt Securities may use a "CUSIP" number (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use a "CUSIP" number in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such number either as printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP number.

ARTICLE III

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 3.01.  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities.

(a)

The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all payments due on the Debt Securities at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debt Securities. At the option of the Company, each installment of interest on the Debt Securities may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debt Securities entitled thereto as they appear on the Debt Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated by such holders to the Paying Agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, if the Trust or the Trustee of the Trust is the holder of any Debt Security, then all payments in respect of such Debt Security shall be made by the Company in immediately available funds when due.  

(b)

The Company will treat the Debt Securities as indebtedness, and the interest payable in respect of such Debt Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on any Debt Security

-18-

without the imposition of withholding tax, the Company shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a Person that is a U.S. Person or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a Person that is not a U.S. Person and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Company and the Trustee to determine their respective duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay or withhold in respect of such Debt Security or the holder of such Debt Security under any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under any such law or reg ulation.

(c)

As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that it has no intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period.

(d)

As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that the likelihood that it would exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period at any time during which the Debt Securities are outstanding is remote because of the restrictions that would be imposed on the Company's ability to declare or pay dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company's ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase or redeem, any of its debt securities that rank pari passu in all respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debt Securities.

SECTION 3.02.  Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.

So long as any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in New York, New York an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in this Indenture and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debt Securities or of this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby appoints the Trustee at ITS Unit Trust Window, 4 New York Plaza, Ground Floor, New York, New York 10004, attention: ITS (Houston) – Coastal Banking Company Trust I as such office or agency.  In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency in New York, New York or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands ma y be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee.

In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more offices or agencies outside Houston, Texas or where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in New York, New York for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

-19-

SECTION 3.03.  Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office.

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 3.04.  Provision as to Paying Agent.

(a)

If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.04:

(1)

that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of all payments due on the Debt Securities (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities;

(2)

that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable; and

(3)

that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

(b)

If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the payments due on the Debt Securities, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities a sum sufficient to pay such payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall become due and payable.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Debt Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the payments on the Debt Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay all payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

(c)

Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debt Securities, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions herein contained.

(d)

Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.04 is subject to Sections 12.03 and 12.04.

-20-

(e)

The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent (the "Paying Agent").

SECTION 3.05.  Certificate to Trustee.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debt Securities are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default during such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants of the Company contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature thereof.

SECTION 3.06.  Additional Interest.

If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debt Securities and is subject to or otherwise required to pay, or is required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities, any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company will pay such additional amounts (the "Additional Interest") on the Debt Securities as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust for distribution to holders of Trust Securities after paying all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received and retained for distribution to holders of Trust Securities after paying all taxes (including withholding taxes on distributions to holders of Trust Securities), duties, assessments or other governmental charges if no such additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debt Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Interest provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Interest (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defe r the payment of any Additional Interest that may be due and payable.

SECTION 3.07.  Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.

The Company will not, while any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into any other Person, or merge into itself, or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or capital stock to any other Person unless the provisions of Article XI hereof are complied with.

SECTION 3.08.  Limitation on Dividends.

If Debt Securities are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debt

-21-

Securities continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period as provided herein and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Company may not (A) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock or (B) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securi ties or (C) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (I) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (II) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (III) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's cap ital stock or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

SECTION 3.09.  Covenants as to the Trust.

For so long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust (a) to remain a statutory trust, except in connection with a distribution of Debt Securities to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debt Securities.

-22-

ARTICLE IV

LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.01.  Securityholders' Lists.

The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a)

on each regular record date for an Interest Payment Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debt Securities as of such record date; and

(b)

at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.01 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debt Security registrar.

SECTION 4.02.  Preservation and Disclosure of Lists.

(a)

The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debt Securities (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debt Securities registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b)

In case three or more holders of Debt Securities (hereinafter referred to as "applicants") apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debt Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debt Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debt Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at the election of the Company, either:

(1)

afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02, or

(2)

inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debt Securities whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

-23-

If the Company shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder of Debt Securities whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.02 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement of the Company to the effect that such m ailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debt Securities, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c)

Each and every holder of Debt Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debt Securities in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.02, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b).

ARTICLE V

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

SECTION 5.01.  Events of Default.

The following events shall be "Events of Default" with respect to Debt Securities:

(a)

the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; for the avoidance of doubt, an extension of any interest distribution period by the Company in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture shall not constitute a default under this clause 5.01(a); or

(b)

the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable

-24-

either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 5.01 of this Indenture or otherwise; or

(c)

the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in Sections 3.06, 3.07, 3.08 or 3.09 of this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

(d)

a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(e)

the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

(f)

the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Debt Securities to holders of the Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration.

If an Event of Default specified under clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to the Debt Securities, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debt Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default specified under clause (d), (e) or (f) of this Section 5.01 occurs, then, in each and every such case, the entire principal amount of the Debt Se curities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without further action.  

-25-

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Debt Securities shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debt Securities and all payments on the Debt Securities which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon all such payments and Deferred Interest, to the extent permitted by law) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.06, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the payments on Debt Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein, and in each and every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or rescission and annulment shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or rescission and annulment.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

SECTION 5.02.  Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor.

The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to clause 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) and upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debt Securities including Deferred Interest accrued on the Debt Securities; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

-26-

In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debt Securities in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings, and to collect and receiv e any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and expenses; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06.

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debt Securities, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debt Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debt Securities, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debt Securities parties to any such proceedings.

-27-

SECTION 5.03.  Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee.

Any moneys collected by the Trustee shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debt Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06;

Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XV;

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debt Securities, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debt Securities; and

Fourth: The balance, if any, to the Company.

SECTION 5.04.  Proceedings by Securityholders.

No holder of any Debt Security shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; provided, that no holder of Debt Securities shall have any right to prejudice the rights of any other holder of Debt Securiti es, obtain priority or preference over any other such holder or enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debt Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Debt Security to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

SECTION 5.05.  Proceedings by Trustee.

In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether

-28-

for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

SECTION 5.06.  Remedies Cumulative and Continuing.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debt Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debt Securities, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debt Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.04, every power and remedy given by th is Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

SECTION 5.07.  Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding and, if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such Debt Securities; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be, may not be so directed until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have directed such time, method and place o r such exercise, as the case may be; provided, further, that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.01) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to any declaration of acceleration, or ipso facto acceleration, of the maturity of the Debt Securities, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debt Securities waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.09; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority

-29-

in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver. Upon any such waiver or modification to such waiver, the Default or Event of Default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver or modification to such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever an y Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 5.07, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debt Securities and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing.

SECTION 5.08.  Notice of Defaults.

The Trustee shall, within 90 days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or received written notice of the occurrence of a Default with respect to the Debt Securities, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such holders appear upon the Debt Security Register, notice of all Defaults with respect to the Debt Securities known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term "defaults" for the purpose of this Section 5.08 being hereby defined to be the events specified in subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of Section 5.01, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided, that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders.

SECTION 5.09.  Undertaking to Pay Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debt Security by such holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.09 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more t han 10% in principal amount of the Debt Securities (or, if such Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, more than 10% in liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities), to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable, or to any suit instituted in accordance with Section 14.12.

-30-

ARTICLE VI

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.01.  Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

With respect to the holders of Debt Securities issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debt Securities, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a)

prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred

(1)

the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2)

in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b)

the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c)

the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.07, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

-31-

(d)

the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any holder of the Debt Securities, except with respect to an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) hereof (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Interest or premium, if any, if the Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable), of which the Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge; and

(e)

in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may seek and rely on reasonable instructions from the Company.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

SECTION 6.02.  Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:

(a)

the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)

any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;

(c)

the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d)

the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

(e)

the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to the Debt Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in

-32-

their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs;

(f)

the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities affected thereby; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; and

(g)

the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care.

SECTION 6.03.  No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.

The recitals contained herein and in the Debt Securities (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debt Securities or the proceeds of any Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 6.04.  Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debt Securities.

The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any Paying Agent or any transfer agent or any Debt Security registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, transfer agent or Debt Security registrar.

SECTION 6.05.  Moneys to be Held in Trust.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys received by the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys, if any, shall be paid from time to time to the Company upon the written order of

-33-

the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

SECTION 6.06.  Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.

Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen Bros. & Company, the Trustee, the Company and Delaware Trustee (as defined in the Declaration), the Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its written request for all documented reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbu rsement or advance that arises from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee), except to the extent such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense results from the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such indemnitee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.06 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for documented expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedne ss shall be secured by (and the Company hereby grants and pledges to the Trustee) a lien prior to that of the Debt Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debt Securities.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in subsections (d), (e) or (f) of Section 5.01, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debt Security to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debt Securities or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company.  

-34-

SECTION 6.07.  Officers' Certificate as Evidence.

Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

SECTION 6.08.  Eligibility of Trustee.

The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a U.S. Person that is a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.08 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published.

The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee, notwithstanding that such corporation or national association shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.08, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.09.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of § 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Indenture.

SECTION 6.09.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar.

(a)

The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent and any Debt Security Registrar may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company's expense, to the holders of the Debt Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor or successors by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning party

-35-

and one copy to the successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning party may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor.

(b)

In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(1)

the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 6.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months,

(2)

the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

(3)

the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, if no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days of the occurrence of any of (1), (2) or (3) above, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trust ee.

(c)

Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within ten Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.09 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.

(d)

Any resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent and any Debt Security Registrar and appointment of a successor pursuant to any of

-36-

the provisions of this Section 6.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor as provided in Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.10.  Acceptance by Successor.

Any successor Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar appointed as provided in Section 6.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring party shall become effective and such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor, the party ceasing to act shall, upon payment of the amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the rights and powers of the party so ceasing to act and s hall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor all property and money held by such retiring party hereunder. Upon reasonable request of any such successor, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor all such rights and powers. Any party ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06.

If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities as to which the predecessor Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereund er administered by any other such Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 6.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible and qualified under the provisions of Section 6.08.

In no event shall a retiring Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor hereunder.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar as provided in this Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession to the holders of Debt Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor, the successor shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.

-37-

SECTION 6.11.  Succession by Merger, etc.

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, that such Person shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debt Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debt Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debt Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debt Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debt Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

SECTION 6.12.  Authenticating Agents.

There may be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debt Securities; provided, that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.

Any Person into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor Person is otherwise eligible

-38-

under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debt Securities by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debt Securities as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debt Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptan ce of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.

Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen Bros. & Company, the Company, the Trustee and Delaware Trustee (as defined in the Declaration), the Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee and shall receive such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in furtherance of its duties under this Section 6.12.

ARTICLE VII

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 7.01.  Action by Securityholders.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities or aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debt Securities voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII or of such holders of Capital Secur ities duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of the Declaration, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the

-39-

Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers' Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debt Securities for the determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debt Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of th e same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debt Securities shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

SECTION 7.02.  Proof of Execution by Securityholders.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 8.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or such Securityholder's agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debt Securities shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a certificate of the Debt Security Registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

The record of any Securityholders' meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.06.

SECTION 7.03.  Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and any Debt Security registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debt Security shall be registered upon the Debt Security Register to be, and may treat such Person as, the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon such holder's order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security.

SECTION 7.04.  Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding.

In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Debt

-40-

Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company (other than the Trust) or any other obligor on the Debt Securities shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided, that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debt Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to vote such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Comp any or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

SECTION 7.05.  Revocation of Consents; Future Securityholders Bound.

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.01) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.01) of a Debt Security (or any Debt Security issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Secu rity (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debt Security). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debt Security, and of any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor.

ARTICLE VIII

SECURITYHOLDERS' MEETINGS

SECTION 8.01.  Purposes of Meetings.

A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes:

(a)

to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;

-41-

(b)

to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;

(c)

to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02; or

(d)

to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such Debt Securities under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

SECTION 8.02.  Call of Meetings by Trustee.

The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.01, to be held at such time and at such place in The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan, or Houston, Texas, as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debt Securities affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Securities Register. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

SECTION 8.03.  Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders.

In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.01, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.02.

SECTION 8.04.  Qualifications for Voting.

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall be (a) a holder of one or more Debt Securities with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debt Securities. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

SECTION 8.05.  Regulations.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies,

-42-

certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.03, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, at any meeting each holder of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debt Securities held or represented by such holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt Security challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating such chairman as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.02 or 8.03 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 8.06.  Voting.

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.02. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.  Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.  

SECTION 8.07.  Quorum; Actions.

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not

-43-

less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 8. 02, except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than such specifi ed percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debt Securities duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

SECTION 8.08.  Written Consent Without a Meeting.

Whenever under this Indenture, Securityholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the Securityholders of all outstanding Debt Securities entitled to vote thereon.  No consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this paragraph to the Trustee, written consents signed by a sufficient number of Securityholders to take action are delivered to the Trustee at its Principal Office.  Delivery made to the Trustee at its Principal Office, shall be by hand or by certificated or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Written consent thus given by the Securityholders of such number of Debt Securities as is required hereunder, shall have the same effect as a valid vote of Securityholders of such number of Debt Securities.

-44-

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01.  Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders.

The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(a)

to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof;

(b)

to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debt Securities as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debt Securities, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies a vailable to the Trustee upon such default;

(c)

to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make or amend such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities;

(d)

to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debt Securities, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or transfer of Debt Securities, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities, as required by Section 2.05 (for purposes of assuring that no registration of Debt Securities is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debt Securities substantially similar to those applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to adversely affect the holders of the Debt Securities);

(e)

to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.10;

-45-

(f)

to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or

(g)

to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debt Securities, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debt Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debt Securities.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.02.  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders.

With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, then in effect, applicable to indentures qualified thereunder) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall without such consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and aff ected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture; and provided, further, that if the Debt Securit ies are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided, further, that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

-46-

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders (and holders of Capital Securities, if required) as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debt Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.03.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debt Securities shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 9.04.  Notation on Debt Securities.

Debt Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debt Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debt Securities then outstanding.

SECTION 9.05.  Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be furnished to Trustee.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.06, receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of

-47-

Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.

ARTICLE X

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01.

Optional Redemption.

At any time the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or (provided that all accrued and unpaid interest has been paid on all Debt Securities for all Interest Periods terminating on or prior to such date) from time to time in part, on any January 23, April 23, July 23 or October 23 on or after July 23, 2009 (the "Redemption Date"), at the Redemption Price.

SECTION 10.02.

Special Event Redemption.

If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the "Special Redemption Date"), at the Special Redemption Price.

SECTION 10.03.

Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities.

In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt Securities, it shall fix a date for redemption and shall mail, or cause the Trustee to mail (at the expense of the Company) a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the holders of Debt Securities so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debt Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debt Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price (or manner of calculation of the price) at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debt Securities are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debt Securities to be redeemed. In case the Debt Securities are to be

-48-

redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Debt Securities so called for redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued to such date.

The Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date as to the Redemption Price at which the Debt Securities are to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debt Securities or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000) to be redeemed.

SECTION 10.04.

Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption.

If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.03, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be) and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debt Securities at the redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to said date) interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debt Securities or the specified portio ns thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be).

Upon presentation of any Debt Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debt Security so presented.

ARTICLE XI

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

SECTION 11.01.

Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale,

-49-

conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors to any other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, (i) upon any such consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the successor entity shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia (unless such corporation has (1) agreed to make all payments due in respect of the Debt Securities or, if outstanding, the Capital Securities and Capital Securities Guarantee without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any taxes, duties, a ssessments or other governmental charges under the laws or regulations of the jurisdiction of organization or residence (for tax purposes) of such corporation or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required by applicable law, in which case such corporation shall have agreed to pay such additional amounts as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the holders of such Debt Securities or Capital Securities, as the case may be, after payment of all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges, will be equal to the amounts that such holders would have received and retained had no such taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges been imposed, (2) irrevocably and unconditionally consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any United States federal court or New York state court, in each case located in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, in respect of any acti on, suit or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Debt Securities, the Capital Securities Guarantee or the Declaration and irrevocably and unconditionally waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the laying of venue in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum and (3) irrevocably appointed an agent in The City of New York for service of process in any action, suit or proceeding referred to in clause (2) above) and such corporation expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Debt Securities, this Indenture, the Capital Securities Guarantee and the Declaration and (ii) after giving effect to any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 11.02.

Successor Entity to be Substituted.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition contemplated in Section 11.01 and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debt Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debt Securities. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue eithe r in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Debt Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating

-50-

Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debt Securities which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debt Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debt Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

SECTION 11.03.

Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.05, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

SECTION 12.01.

Discharge of Indenture.

When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Debt Securities not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debt Securities (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.04, or (2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws, and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 3.04, 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 hereof, which shall survive until such Debt Securities shall mature or are redeemed, as the case may be, and are paid in full. Thereafter, Sections 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at

-51-

the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture, the Company, however, hereby agreeing to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debt Securities.

SECTION 12.02.

Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the particular Debt Securities for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest.

SECTION 12.03.

Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to the Company or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

SECTION 12.04.

Return of Unclaimed Moneys.

Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debt Securities and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debt Securities for two years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such Paying Agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debt Securities shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE XIII

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 13.01.

Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.

No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debt Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly

-52-

understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 14.01.

Successors.

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 14.02.

Official Acts by Successor Entity.

Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company.

SECTION 14.03.

Surrender of Company Powers.

The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any permitted successor.

SECTION 14.04.

Addresses for Notices, etc.

Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on the Company may be given or served in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail to the Company at:

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Parkway

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Attention:  Randy Kohn

Any notice, direction, request or demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of JPMorgan Chase Bank at:

600 Travis Street, 50^th Floor
Houston, TX 77002
Attn: Institutional Trust Services – Coastal Banking Company Trust I

-53-

SECTION 14.05.

Governing Law.

This Indenture and the Debt Securities shall each be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles of said State other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

SECTION 14.06.

Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with (except that no such Opinion of Counsel is required to be furnished to the Trustee in connection with the authentication and issuance of Debt Securities issued on the date of this Indenture).

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.05) shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 14.07.

Non-Business Days.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof.  If the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 14.08.

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

-54-

SECTION 14.09.

Execution in Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 14.10.

Severability.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debt Securities, but this Indenture and such Debt Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

SECTION 14.11

Assignment.

Subject to Article XI, the Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture and the Debt Securities to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto.

SECTION 14.12

Acknowledgment of Rights.

The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Debt Securities held by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debt Securities held as the assets of the Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of the Trust have so directed in writing such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may to the fullest extent permitted by law institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee's rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such Institutional Trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay int erest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debt Securities on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise due and payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company acknowledges that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debt Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debt Securities.

-55-

ARTICLE XV

SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

SECTION 15.01.

Agreement to Subordinate.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any supplemental indenture (the "Additional Provisions") by such Securityholder's acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debt Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debt Security, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

The payment by the Company of the payments due on all Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any Additional Provisions shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

No provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder.

SECTION 15.02.

Default on Senior Indebtedness.

In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any applicable grace period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the payments due on the Debt Securities.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.02, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.06, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 15.03.

Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or

-56-

in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company on the Debt Securities; and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebte dness of the Company (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money's worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such S enior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article XV, the words "cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debt Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, that may at the time be outstanding; provided, that (a) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (b) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer or other disposition of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 15.03 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in

-57-

Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.02 or in this Section 15.03 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture.

SECTION 15.04.

Subrogation.

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all payments due on the Debt Securities shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture, any Additional Provisions or in the Debt Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debt Securities all payments on the Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debt Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subje ct to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.

-58-

SECTION 15.05.

Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Securityholder by such Securityholder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 15.06.

Notice by the Company.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture or any Additional Provisions, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and be fore the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 15.06 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Perso n is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 15.07.

Rights of the Trustee, Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as

-59-

any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture or any Additional Provisions shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture or any Additional Provisions against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06.

SECTION 15.08.

Subordination May Not Be Impaired.

No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debt Securities to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mor tgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions herein above set forth.

-60-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

	Coastal Banking Company, Inc.
By:		/s/ Randy C. Kohn
Name:		Randy C. Kohn
Title:		President and CEO

	JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee
By:		/s/ Maria D. Calzado
Name:		Maria D. Calzado
Title:		Vice-President

(8) Austin\137162

-61-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY
DUE 2034

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A 'NON U.S. PERSON" IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDEN TURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT,

A-1

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS S ECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED.

A-2

 Form of Junior Subordinated Debt Security due 2034

of

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a bank holding company incorporated in South Carolina (the "Company"), for value received promises to pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for Coastal Banking Company Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Holder"), or registered assigns, the principal sum of Three Million Ninety Three Thousand Dollars on July 23, 2034 and to pay interest on said principal sum from May 18, 2004, or from the most recent interest payment date (each such date, an "Interest Payment Date") to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on January 23,  April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year commencing July 23, 2004, at a variable per annum rate equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Indenture) plus 2.75% (the "Intere st Rate") (provided, however, that the Interest Rate for any Interest Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability) until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for each such Extension Period compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and s uch Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof.  If the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day.  The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in said Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom princip al is paid. Any such interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holders on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Debt Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered holders of the Debt Securities not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The principal of and interest on this Debt Security shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest

A-3

may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debt Security Register or by wire transfer or immediately available funds to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debt Security is the Institutional Trustee, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security shall be made in immediately available funds when due at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee. All payments in respect of this Debt Security shall be payable in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Upon submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture) and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest distribution period, an "Extension Period"), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; and provided, further, however, during any such Extension Period, the Company may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Secur ities or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in respect to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock o r of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options

A-4

or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend such Extension Period; provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been d ue and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to the regular record date applicable to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debt Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on such holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee such holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by such holder's acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or h ereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

The Company waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other demands and notices.

This Debt Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to and shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.

The provisions of this Debt Security are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

A-5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

By:     

Name:

Title:  

Dated:__________________, 2004

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

Dated:__________________, 2004

A-6

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

This Debt Security is one of a duly authorized series of Debt Securities of the Company, all issued or to be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of May 18, 2004, duly executed and delivered between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of the Debt Securities (referred to herein as the "Debt Securities") of which this Debt Security is a part. The summary of the terms of this Debt Security contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Indenture.

Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event (each a "Special Event"), this Debt Security may become due and payable, in whole or in part, at any time, within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event (the "Special Redemption Date"), as the case may be, at the Special Redemption Price.

The Company shall also have the right to redeem this Debt Security at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on any January 23, April 23, July 23 or October 23 on or after July 23, 2009 (a "Redemption Date"), at the Redemption Price.

Any redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph will be made, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, upon not less than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' notice. If the Debt Securities are only partially redeemed by the Company, the Debt Securities will be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method utilized by the Trustee.

"Redemption Price" means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date.

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to July 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:  

Special Redemption During the 12-Month Period Beginning July 23	Percentage of Principal Amount
2005	103.140%
2006	102.355%
2007	101.570%
2008	100.785%
2009 and thereafter	100.000%

A-7

In the event of redemption of this Debt Security in part only, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Debt Securities may be declared, and, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become, due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration shall become due and payable, in each case, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things, without the consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend th e time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect the right of any holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the payment thereof, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, on behalf of all of the holders of the Debt Securities, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or esta blished pursuant to the Indenture, and its consequences, except (a) a default in payments due in respect of any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants of the Company relating to its ownership of Common Securities of the Trust. Any such consent or waiver by the registered holder of this Debt Security (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any Debt Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Debt Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debt Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay all payments due on this Debt Security at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

A-8

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, this Debt Security is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Debt Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Debt Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in Houston, Texas accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Debt Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in re lation thereto.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and the Debt Security registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

The Debt Securities are issuable only in registered certificated form without coupons. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same.

All terms used in this Debt Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBT SECURITIES, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

A-9

EX-4.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION

OF TRUST

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST I

Dated as of May 18, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS
	Page
ARTICLE I
INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1.    Definitions	1
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
SECTION 2.1.     Name	8
SECTION 2.2.     Office	8
SECTION 2.3.     Purpose	9
SECTION 2.4.     Authority	9
SECTION 2.5.     Title to Property of the Trust	9
SECTION 2.6.     Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators	9
SECTION 2.7.     Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees	14
SECTION 2.8.     Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee	15
SECTION 2.9.     Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators	16
SECTION 2.10.   Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee	18
SECTION 2.11.   Delaware Trustee	20
SECTION 2.12.   Execution of Documents	21
SECTION 2.13.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities	21
SECTION 2.14.   Duration of Trust	21
SECTION 2.15.   Mergers	21
ARTICLE III
SPONSOR
SECTION 3.1.      Sponsor's Purchase of Common Securities	23
SECTION 3.2.      Responsibilities of the Sponsor	23
ARTICLE IV
TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS
SECTION 4.1.      Number of Trustees	24
SECTION 4.2.      Delaware Trustee	24
SECTION 4.3.      Institutional Trustee; Eligibility	24
SECTION 4.4.     Certain Qualifications of the Delaware Trustee Generally	25
SECTION 4.5.      Administrators	25
SECTION 4.6.      Initial Delaware Trustee	25
SECTION 4.7.      Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators	25
SECTION 4.8.      Vacancies Among Trustees	27
SECTION 4.9.      Effect of Vacancies	27
SECTION 4.10.   Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators	27
SECTION 4.11.   Delegation of Power	28
SECTION 4.12.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business	28

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
	Page
ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 5.1.       Distributions	28
ARTICLE VI
ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES
SECTION 6.1.      General Provisions Regarding Securities	29
SECTION 6.2.       Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar	30
SECTION 6.3.       Form and Dating	30
SECTION 6.4.       Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates	31
SECTION 6.5.       Temporary Securities	31
SECTION 6.6.       Cancellation	31
SECTION 6.7.       Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults	31
ARTICLE VII
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
SECTION 7.1.       Dissolution and Termination of Trust	33
ARTICLE VIII
TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
SECTION 8.1.       General	34
SECTION 8.2.      Transfer Procedures and Restrictions	35
SECTION 8.3.       Deemed Security Holders	38
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS
SECTION 9.1.       Liability	38
SECTION 9.2.       Exculpation	39
SECTION 9.3.       Fiduciary Duty	39
SECTION 9.4.       Indemnification	40
SECTION 9.5.       Outside Businesses	43
SECTION 9.6.       Compensation; Fee	43
ARTICLE X
ACCOUNTING
SECTION 10.1.    Fiscal Year	44
SECTION 10.2.    Certain Accounting Matters	44
SECTION 10.3.    Banking	44
SECTION 10.4.    Withholding	45

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
	Page
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS
SECTION 11.1.    Amendments	45
SECTION 11.2.    Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent	47
ARTICLE XII
REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE
SECTION 12.1.    Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee	48
SECTION 12.2.    Representations and Warranties of Delaware Trustee	49
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 13.1.    Notices	50
SECTION 13.2.    Governing Law	51
SECTION 13.3.    Submission to Jurisdiction	51
SECTION 13.4.    Intention of the Parties	52
SECTION 13.5.    Headings	52
SECTION 13.6.    Successors and Assigns	52
SECTION 13.7.    Partial Enforceability	52
SECTION 13.8.    Counterparts	52
ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS
ANNEX I       Terms of TP Securities and Common Securities	A-I-1
EXHIBIT A-1       Form of Capital Security Certificate	A-1-1
EXHIBIT A-2       Form of Common Security Certificate	A-2-1

-iv-

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

Coastal Banking Company Trust I

May 18, 2004

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (this "Declaration"), dated and effective as of May 18, 2004, by the Trustees (as defined herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration.

WHEREAS, certain of the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor established Coastal Banking Company Trust I (the "Trust"), a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein), pursuant to a Declaration of Trust, dated as of May 14, 2004 (the "Original Declaration"), and a Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 14, 2004, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in the Debentures (as defined herein) of the Debenture Issuer (as defined herein) in connection with the issuance of the Capital Securities (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, no interests in the assets of the Trust have been issued; and

WHEREAS, all of the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration.

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust as a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, and that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration, and, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, amend and restate in its entirety the Original Declaration and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1.  Definitions.  Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)

capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above or elsewhere herein have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1 or, if not defined in this Section 1.1 or elsewhere herein, in the Indenture;

(b)

a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

(c)

all references to "the Declaration" or "this Declaration" are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d)

all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration unless otherwise specified;

(e)

a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein) has the same meaning when used in this Declaration unless otherwise defined in this Declaration or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f)

a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

"Additional Interest" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06 of the Indenture.

"Administrative Action" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Administrators" means each of Randolph C. Kohn and Charlie T. Lovering, solely in such Person's capacity as Administrator of the Trust continued hereunder and not in such Person's individual capacity, or such Administrator's successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

"Affiliate" has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

"Authorized Officer" of a Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.

"Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person:

(a)

a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree, appointment or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(b)

such Person commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person of any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due.

2

"Business Day" means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware or New York City or the city of the Corporate Trust Office are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

"Calculation Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Indenture.

"Capital Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

"Capital Securities Purchase Agreement" means the Capital Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 14, 2004 among the Trust, the Sponsor and Alesco Preferred Funding IV, Ltd.

"Capital Security Certificate" means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Capital Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A 1.

"Capital Treatment Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Certificate" means any certificate evidencing Securities.

"Certificate of Trust" means the certificate of trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware with respect to the Trust, as amended and restated from time to time.

"Closing Date" means the date of execution and delivery of this Declaration.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Common Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

"Common Security Certificate" means a definitive Certificate registered in the name of the Holder representing a Common Security substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

"Company Indemnified Person" means (a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator; (c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office shall at all times be located in the United States and at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at 600 Travis Street, 50^th Floor, Houston, TX 77002, Attn: Institutional Trust Services – Coastal Banking Company Trust I.

"Coupon Rate" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.

3

"Covered Person" means: (a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) the Trust's Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

"Debenture Issuer" means Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a bank holding company incorporated in South Carolina, in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

"Debenture Trustee" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

"Debentures" means the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due July 23, 2034 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.

"Deferred Interest" means any interest on the Debentures that would have been overdue and unpaid for more than one Distribution Payment Date but for the imposition of an Extension Period, and the interest that shall accrue (to the extent that the payment of such interest is legally enforceable) on such interest at the Coupon Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date on which such Deferred Interest would otherwise have been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.

"Definitive Capital Securities" means any Capital Securities in definitive form issued by the Trust.

"Delaware Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

"Direct Action" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

"Distribution" means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 5.1.

"Distribution Payment Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

"Distribution Payment Period" means the period from and including a Distribution Payment Date, or in the case of the first Distribution Payment Period, the original date of issuance of the Securities, to, but excluding, the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date or, in the case of the last Distribution Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date (each as defined in the Indenture), as the case may be, for the related Debentures.

"Event of Default" means the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Extension Period" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(e) of Annex I.

4

"Fiduciary Indemnified Person" shall mean each of the Institutional Trustee (including in its individual capacity), the Delaware Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, and any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee.

"Fiscal Year" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

"Guarantee" means the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor (the “Guarantor”) in respect of the Capital Securities.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered on the register maintained by or on behalf of the Registrar, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust Act.

"Indemnified Person" means a Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.

"Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Indenture Event of Default" means an "Event of Default" as defined in the Indenture.

"Institutional Trustee" means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4.3.

"Investment Company" means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.

"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Investment Company Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Legal Action" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(e).

"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate for U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to paragraph 2(b) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)(1) of Annex I.

"Liquidation" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

5

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.

"Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities" means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

"Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11 of the Indenture.

"Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Declaration shall include:

(a)

a statement that each officer signing the Officers' Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b)

a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers' Certificate;

(c)

a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer's opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)

a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Payment Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Placement Agreement" means the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities dated as of May 14, 2004, by and among Coastal Banking Company, Inc., the Trust and Cohen Bros. & Company.

"PORTAL" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(E).

"Property Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).

"Pro Rata" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.

6

"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined under Rule 144A.

"Quorum" means a majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both of them.

"Redemption/Distribution Notice" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e) of Annex I.

"Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Relevant Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a).

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Declaration, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Restricted Securities Legend" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c).

"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

"Rule 3a-5" means Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.

"Rule 3a-7" means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

"Securities" means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities, as applicable.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Special Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"Sponsor" means Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a bank holding company that is a U.S. Person incorporated in South Carolina, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation that is a U.S. Person, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

"Statutory Trust Act" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Successor Delaware Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(e).

"Successor Entity" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

7

"Successor Institutional Trustee" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b).

"Successor Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

"Super Majority" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b) of Annex I.

"Tax Event" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.

"10% in liquidation amount of the Securities" means Holders of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

"Transfer Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation.

"Trustee" or "Trustees" means each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such Person shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in their capacity as trustees hereunder.

"Trust Property" means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Declaration.

"U.S. Person" means a United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

SECTION 2.1.  Name.  The Trust is named "Coastal Banking Company Trust I," as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities. The Trust's activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.

SECTION 2.2.  Office.  The address of the principal office of the Trust, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia, is 36 Sea Island Parkway, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907. On ten Business Days' written notice to the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which shall be in a state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

8

SECTION 2.3.  Purpose.  The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and (d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities incidental thereto that are deemed necessary or advisable by the Institutional Trustee, including, without limitation, those activities specified in this Declaration. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified for United S tates federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust.

SECTION 2.4.  Authority.  Except as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An action taken by a Trustee on behalf of the Trust and in accordance with such Trustee's powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in this Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The Institutional Trustee shal l have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 2.6, to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.

SECTION 2.5.  Title to Property of the Trust.  Except as provided in Section 2.6(g) and Section 2.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust.

SECTION 2.6.  Powers and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators.  

(a)

The Trustees and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Administrators and, at the direction of the Administrators, the Trustees, shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Administrators to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the following:

(i)

Each Administrator shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A)

the issuance and sale of the Securities;

9

(B)

to acquire the Debentures with the proceeds of the sale of the Securities; provided, however, that the Administrators shall cause legal title to the Debentures to be held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Holders;

(C)

to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent, a Debenture subscription agreement between the Trust and the Sponsor and a Common Securities subscription agreement between the Trust and the Sponsor;

(D)

ensuring compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(E)

if and at such time determined solely by the Sponsor at the request of the Holders, assisting in the designation of the Capital Securities for trading in the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through the Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") system if available;

(F)

the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration, including notice of any notice received from the Debenture Issuer of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period under the Indenture;

(G)

the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with this Declaration;

(H)

execution and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;

(I)

execution and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the application for a taxpayer identification number;

(J)

unless otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute pursuant to this Declaration;

(K)

the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Sponsor or an Administrator may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

10

(L)

to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates;

(M)

to duly prepare and file on behalf of the Trust all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust;

(N)

to negotiate the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement and the Capital Securities Purchase Agreement related thereto, providing for the sale of the Capital Securities;

(O)

to employ or otherwise engage employees, agents (who may be designated as officers with titles), managers, contractors, advisors, attorneys and consultants and pay reasonable compensation for such services;

(P)

to incur expenses that are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of the Trust;

(Q)

to give the certificate required by § 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act to the Institutional Trustee, which certificate may be executed by an Administrator; and

(R)

to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of each jurisdiction (other than the State of Delaware) in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created.

(ii)

As among the Trustees and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A)

the establishment of the Property Account;

(B)

the receipt of the Debentures;

(C)

the collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Debentures in the Property Account;

(D)

the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect of the Securities;

11

(E)

the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(F)

the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;

(G)

the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Declaration;

(H)

to the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust;

(I)

after any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) (provided, that such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee), the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);

(J)

to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust's valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created; and

(K)

to undertake any actions set forth in § 317(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(iii)

The Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority, and is hereby authorized, to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(E) and (F) herein but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested to do so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.

(b)

So long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Trustees nor the Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would cause (or in the

12

case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a "grantor trust" for United States federal income tax purposes, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c)

In connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i)

the taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities Act;

(ii)

the determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advisement of and direction to the Trustees of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital Securities; and

(iii)

the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(d)

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that (i) the Trust will not be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer), and (ii) the Trust will not fail to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer) and (iii) the Trust will not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal income tax purposes (in the case of the Institutional Trus tee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer). In this connection, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws or this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and such Holders determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, even if such action adversely affects the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

13

(e)

All expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Trustees pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Trustees shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.

(f)

The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

(g)

Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Institutional Trustee for the benefit of the Trust in accordance with this Declaration.

(h)

If the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 2.7.  Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees.  The Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not, and the Administrators shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall not cause the Trust to:

(a)

invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

(b)

acquire any assets other than as expressly provided herein;

(c)

possess Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;

(d)

make any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the Debentures;

(e)

possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust Property or the terms of the Securities;

(f)

issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities;

(g)

carry on any "trade or business" as that phase is used in the Code; or

(h)

other than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (i) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or

14

termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such amendment, modification or termination will not cause the Trust to cease to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 2.8.  Powers and Duties of the Institutional Trustee.  

(a)

The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.7. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

(b)

The Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators or to the Delaware Trustee.

(c)

The Institutional Trustee shall:

(i)

establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the "Property Account") in the United States (as defined in Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7), in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and maintained in the Institutional Trustee's trust department, on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 5.1. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance with this Declaration;

(ii)

engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

(iii)

upon written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(d)

The Institutional Trustee shall take all actions and perform such duties as may be specifically required of the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Securities.

(e)

The Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against, the Trust (a "Legal Action") which arise out of or in connection with an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge or the Institutional Trustee's duties and obligations under this Declaration or the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is

15

attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder (a "Direct Action") on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital Securities in such Direct Act ion; provided, however, that a Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation only if no Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing.

(f)

The Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

(i)

the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and this Declaration (including Annex I) and the certificate of cancellation referenced in Section 7.1(b) has been filed; or

(ii)

a Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 4.7.

(g)

The Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration (including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.

(h)

The Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this Section 2.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3, and the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 2.3.

SECTION 2.9.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators.  

(a)

The Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)), has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.8), the Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

16

(b)

The duties and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators shall be as provided by this Declaration and, in the case of the Institutional Trustee, by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Declaration shall require any Trustee or Administrator to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees or the Administrators shall be subject to the provisions of this Article. Nothi ng in this Declaration shall be construed to release a Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to release an Administrator from liability for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee or an Administrator has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee or Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee's or Administrator's good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustees.

(c)

All payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees and the Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security. This Section 2.9(c) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Declaration or, in the case of the Institu tional Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act.

(d)

No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to relieve the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration, except that:

(i)

the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii)

the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time,

17

method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;

(iii)

the Institutional Trustee's sole duty with respect to the custody, safe-keeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee under this Declaration and the Trust Indenture Act;

(iv)

the Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v)

the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.

SECTION 2.10.  Certain Rights of Institutional Trustee.  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9.

(a)

the Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, written opinion of counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)

if (i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor's opinion as to the course of action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;

18

(c)

any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate;

(d)

whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

(e)

the Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof;

(f)

the Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g)

the Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 2.10(g) shall be taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (of which the Institutional Trustee has knowledge (as provided in Section 2.10(m) hereof)) that has not been cured or waived, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration;

(h)

the Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

(i)

the Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j)

whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities, which instructions may be given

19

only by the Holders of the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct the Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k)

except as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

(l)

when the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(m)

the Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice of such event from any Holder, except with respect to an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) of the Indenture (other than an Event of Default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Interest or premium, if any, if the Institutional Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable), of which the Institutional Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge;

(n)

any action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Institutional Trustee's or its agent's taking such action; and

(o)

no provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

SECTION 2.11.  Delaware Trustee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration other than Section 4.2, the Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities of any of the Trustees or the Administrators described in this Declaration (except as may be required under the Statutory Trust Act). Except as set forth in Section 4.2, the Delaware Trustee shall be a Trustee for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of § 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

20

SECTION 2.12.  Execution of Documents.  Unless otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or any one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust any documents, agreements, instruments or certificates that the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 2.6.

SECTION 2.13.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.  The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Trustees make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the Securities.

SECTION 2.14.  Duration of Trust.  The Trust, unless dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, shall have existence for thirty-five (35) years from the Closing Date.

SECTION 2.15.  Mergers.

(a)

The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other Person, except as described in this Section 2.15 and except with respect to the distribution of Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the Declaration or Section 4 of Annex I.

(b)

The Trust may, with the consent of the Administrators (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) and without the consent of the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided, that:

(i)

if the Trust is not the survivor, such successor entity (the "Successor Entity") either:

(A)

expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

(B)

substitutes for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Securities (the "Successor Securities") so that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(ii)

the Sponsor expressly appoints, as the holder of the Capital Securities, a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee;

21

(iii)

the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities (excluding any securities substituted for the Common Securities) are listed or quoted, or any Successor Securities will be listed or quoted upon notification of issuance, on any national securities exchange or with another organization on which the Capital Securities are then listed or quoted, if any;

(iv)

such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Capital Securities (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if the Capital Securities are then rated;

(v)

such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of such Holders' interests in the Successor Entity as a result of such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement);

(vi)

such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(vii)

prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust has received a written opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

(A)

such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect (other than with respect to any dilution of the Holders' interests in the Successor Entity);

(B)

following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

(C)

following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;

(viii)

the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities to the same extent provided by the Guarantee, the Debentures and this Declaration; and

22

(ix)

prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Institutional Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate of the Administrators and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent of this paragraph (b) to such transaction have been satisfied.

(c)

Notwithstanding Section 2.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any other Person or permit any other Person to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE III
SPONSOR

SECTION 3.1.  Sponsor's Purchase of Common Securities.  On the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust, in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

SECTION 3.2.  Responsibilities of the Sponsor.  In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility and sole decision to engage in, or direct the Administrators to engage in, the following activities:

(a)

to determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States;

(b)

to prepare for filing and request the Administrators to cause the filing by the Trust, as may be appropriate, of an application to the PORTAL system, for listing or quotation upon notice of issuance of any Capital Securities, as requested by the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities; and

(c)

to negotiate the terms of and/or execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust, the Placement Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities.

23

ARTICLE IV
TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATORS

SECTION 4.1.  Number of Trustees.  The number of Trustees initially shall be two, and:

(a)

at any time before the issuance of any Securities, the Sponsor may, by written instrument, increase or decrease the number of Trustees; and

(b)

after the issuance of any Securities, the number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by vote of the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holder of the Common Securities; provided, however, that there shall be a Delaware Trustee if required by Section 4.2; and there shall always be one Trustee who shall be the Institutional Trustee, and such Trustee may also serve as Delaware Trustee if it meets the applicable requirements, in which case Section 2.11 shall have no application to such entity in its capacity as Institutional Trustee.

SECTION 4.2.  Delaware Trustee.  If required by the Statutory Trust Act, one Trustee (the "Delaware Trustee") shall be:

(a)

a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware; or

(b)

if not a natural person, an entity which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, and otherwise meets the requirements of applicable law, including §3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 4.3.  Institutional Trustee; Eligibility.  

(a)

There shall at all times be one Trustee which shall act as Institutional Trustee which shall:

(i)

not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;

(ii)

not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

(iii)

be a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 4.3(a)(iii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

24

(b)

If at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.3(a), the Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 4.7.

(c)

If the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of § 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Declaration.

(d)

The initial Institutional Trustee shall be JPMorgan Chase Bank.

SECTION 4.4.  Certain Qualifications of the Delaware Trustee Generally.  The Delaware Trustee shall be a U.S. Person and either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more Authorized Officers.

SECTION 4.5.  Administrators.  Each Administrator shall be a U.S. Person.  

There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator acting alone.

SECTION 4.6.  Initial Delaware Trustee.  The initial Delaware Trustee shall be Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association.

SECTION 4.7.  Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Trustees and the Administrators.  

(a)

No resignation or removal of any Trustee (the "Relevant Trustee") and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.7.

(b)

Subject to Section 4.7(a), a Relevant Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a successor Relevant Trustee, except in the case of the Delaware Trustee's successor which shall be appointed by Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements their expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest reasonable expense and charges (the "Successor Institutional Trustee"). If the instrument of acceptance by the successor Relevant Trustee required by this Section 4.7 shall not have been delivered to the Relevant Tru stee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of removal, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a

25

Relevant Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this Section 4.7.

(c)

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Trustee may be removed at any time by an act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities. If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of the Common Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant Trustee, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.7. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Relevant Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.7. If no successor Relevant Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this Section 4.7 within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, the Relevant Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees.

(d)

The Institutional Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of a Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders and to the Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Relevant Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Institutional Trustee.

(e)

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Declaration, in the event a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or is adjudged by a court to have become incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the Institutional Trustee (provided the Institutional Trustee satisfies the requirements of a Delaware Trustee as set forth in Section 4.2) following the procedures in this Section 4.7 (with the successor being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for a Delaware Trustee set forth in this Declaration) (the "Successor Delaware Trustee").

(f)

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Relevant Trustee, the retiring Relevant Trustee and each successor Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor Relevant Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Relevant Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one Relevant Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such Relevant Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amen dment the resignation or

26

removal of the retiring Relevant Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Relevant Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Relevant Trustee, such retiring Relevant Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Relevant Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the Trust subject to the payment of all unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities of such retiring Relevant Trustee.

(g)

No Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the case may be.

(h)

The Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Holders of the Common Securities.

(i)

Any successor Delaware Trustee shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware identifying the name and principal place of business of such Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware.

SECTION 4.8.  Vacancies Among Trustees.  If a Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the number of Trustees is not reduced pursuant to Section 4.1, or if the number of Trustees is increased pursuant to Section 4.1, a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the Trustees or, if there are more than two, a majority of the Trustees shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance with Section 4.7.

SECTION 4.9.  Effect of Vacancies.  The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of a Trustee in accordance with Section 4.7, the Institutional Trustee shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.

SECTION 4.10.  Meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators.  Meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator, as applicable. Regular meetings of the Trustees and the Administrators, respectively, may be in person in the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed by resolution of the Trustees or the Administrators, as applicable. Notice of any in-person meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees or the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight couri er) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated

27

purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any activity on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such matter; provided, that, in the case of the Administrators, a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be. Meetings of the Trus tees and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call of any Trustee or Administrator.

SECTION 4.11.  Delegation of Power.

(a)

Any Trustee or any Administrator, as the case may be, may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents, instruments or other writings contemplated in Section 2.6.

(b)

The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to any officer of the Trust that is a U.S. Person, the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments or other writings either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

SECTION 4.12.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.  Any Person into which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case maybe, may be merged or converted or with which either may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be the successor of the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article and, provided, further, that such Per son shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as contemplated in Section 4.7(i).

ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 5.1.  Distributions.  Holders shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Holder's Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of interest (including any Additional Interest or Deferred Interest) or premium, if any, on and/or principal on the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee (the amount of any such payment being a

28

"Payment Amount"), the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available in the Property Account for that purpose, to make a distribution (a "Distribution") of the Payment Amount to Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, funds in the Property Account shall not be distributed to Holders to the extent of any taxes payable by the Trust, in the case of withholding taxes, as determined by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and, in the case of taxes other than withholding tax taxes, as determined by the Administrators in a written notice to the Institutional Trustee.

ARTICLE VI
ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 6.1.  General Provisions Regarding Securities.  

(a)

The Administrators shall on behalf of the Trust issue one series of capital securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the "Capital Securities"), and one series of common securities, evidenced by a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and having such terms as are set forth in Annex I (the "Common Securities"). The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank pari passu and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continui ng, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b)

The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of any Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator. Any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such person who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be an Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trust ee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrators.

(c)

The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

29

(d)

Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and each Holder thereof shall be entitled to the benefits provided by this Declaration.

(e)

Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.

SECTION 6.2.  Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar.  

(a)

The Trust shall maintain in New York, New York, an office or agency where the Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"), and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (the "Transfer Agent"). The Trustee hereby appoints the Institutional Trustee as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent at ITS Unit Trust Window, 4 New York Plaza, Ground Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attn: ITS (Houston) – Coastal Banking Company Trust I.  The Trust shall also keep or cause to be kept a register for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers and exchanges of Securities, such register to be held by a registrar (the "Registrar"). The Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent, and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents, one or more co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent, the term "Registrar" includes any additional Registrar or co-Registrar and the term "Transfer Agent" includes any additional Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent. The Administrators may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities at its Corporate Trust Office. The Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(b)

The Trust shall also appoint a Calculation Agent, which shall determine the Coupon Rate in accordance with the terms of the Securities. The Trust initially appoints the Institutional Trustee as Calculation Agent.

SECTION 6.3.  Form and Dating.  

(a)

The Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee's certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Certificates may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject, if any, or usage (provided, that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any suc h legend not contained in Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security shall be

30

dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b)

The Capital Securities sold by the Trust to the initial purchasers pursuant to the Placement Agreement and the Capital Securities Purchase Agreement shall be issued in definitive form, registered in the name of the Holder thereof, without coupons and with the Restricted Securities Legend.

SECTION 6.4.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.  If:  (a) any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and (b) there shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them harmless; then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute (and in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new C ertificate under this Section 6.4, the Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

SECTION 6.5.  Temporary Securities.  Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

SECTION 6.6.  Cancellation.  The Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Registrar for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee any Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures or otherwise as the Administrators direct. The Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 6.7.  Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.  

(a)

The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.6(g), and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of

31

the Trust conferred by their Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities shall not be subject to, preemptive or other similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor, the Securities will be fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust.

(b)

For so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if, upon an Indenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

(c)

At any time after a declaration of acceleration of maturity of the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any such declaration and waive such default, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i)

the Sponsor has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A)

all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures;

(B)

any accrued Deferred Interest on all of the Debentures;

(C)

all payments on any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Deferred Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures; and

(D)

all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, documented expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and

(ii)

all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.07 of the Indenture.

(d)

The Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest (unless such default or Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default or Event of Default in

32

respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e)

Upon receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acc eleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.7.

(f)

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.7, the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

SECTION 7.1.  Dissolution and Termination of Trust.

(a)

The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of

(i)

unless earlier dissolved, on July 23, 2039, the expiration of the term of the Trust;

(ii)

a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(iii)

(other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

33

(iv)

the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise of the right of the Holders of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;

(v)

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of any Holder of the Common Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;

(vi)

when all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

(vii)

before the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and the Sponsor.

(b)

As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 7.1(a), and after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by applicable law, including Section 3808 of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms set forth in Annex I, the Delaware Trustee, when notified in writing of the completion of the winding up of the Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall terminate the Trust by filing, at the expense of the Sponsor, a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(c)

The provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII
TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

SECTION 8.1.  General.  

(a)

Subject to Section 6.4 and Section 8.1(c), when Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different Certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if the requirements provided for herein for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar's request.

(b)

Upon issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and, for so long as the Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Sponsor under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor's ownership of the Common Securities.

(c)

Capital Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the Capital Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer or purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the

34

receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(d)

The Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or more new Securities to be issued in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. Any Security issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same Security and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Security surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. Every Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to Section 6.6.  A transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by this Declaration.

(e)

Neither the Trust nor the Registrar shall be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

SECTION 8.2.  Transfer Procedures and Restrictions.  

(a)

The Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend (as defined below), which shall not be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrators and the Institutional Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust or the Institutional Trustee, that neither the legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act or that such Securities are not "restricted" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction of the Administrators, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear the Restricted Securities Legend (other then the legend contemplate d by Section 8.2(d)).

(b)

When Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar (x) to register the transfer of such Capital Securities, or (y) to exchange such Capital Securities for an equal number of Capital Securities represented by different Certificates, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Capital Securities surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form

35

reasonably satisfactory to the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

(c)

Except as permitted by Section 8.2(a), each Capital Security shall bear a legend (the "Restricted Securities Legend") in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFI ED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A "NON U.S. PERSON" IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER'S AND THE TRUST'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTH ER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT

36

SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTION RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESEN TED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THE CERTIFICATE WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

(d)

Capital Securities may only be transferred in minimum blocks of $100,000 aggregate liquidation amount (100 Capital Securities) and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any attempted transfer of Capital Securities in a block having an aggregate liquidation amount of less than $100,000 shall be deemed to be void and of no legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not to be a Holder of such Capital Securities for any purpose, including, but not limited to, the receipt of Distributions on such Capital Securities, and

37

such purported transferee shall be deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.

(e)

Each party hereto understands and hereby agrees that the Initial Purchaser is intended solely to be an interim holder of the Capital Securities and is purchasing such securities to facilitate consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the documents ancillary hereto. Notwithstanding any provision in this Declaration to the contrary, the Initial Purchaser shall have the right upon notice (a "Transfer Notice") to the Institutional Trustee and the Sponsor to transfer title in and to the Capital Securities; provided the Initial Purchaser shall take reasonable steps to ensure that such transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and rules promulgated thereunder. Any Transfer Notice delivered to the Institutional Trustee and Sponsor pursuant to the preceding sentence shall indicate the aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities bei ng transferred, the name and address of the transferee thereof (the "Transferee") and the date of such transfer. Notwithstanding any provision in this Declaration to the contrary, the transfer by the Initial Purchaser of title in and to the Capital Securities pursuant to a Transfer Notice shall not be subject to any requirement relating to Opinions of Counsel, Certificates of Transfer or any other Opinion or Certificate applicable to transfers hereunder and relating to Capital Securities.

SECTION 8.3.  Deemed Security Holders.  The Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS
OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

SECTION 9.1.  Liability.

(a)

Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:

(i)

personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; and

(ii)

required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

(b)

The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust's assets.

38

(c)

Except to the extent provided in Section 9.1(b), and pursuant to § 3803(a) of the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein.

SECTION 9.2.  Exculpation.

(a)

No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person (other than an Administrator) shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person's negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions and except that an Administrator shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Administrator's gross negligence or willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b)

An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person's professional or expert competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

SECTION 9.3.  Fiduciary Duty.

(a)

To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity (other than the duties imposed on the Institutional Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act), are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person.

(b)

Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

(i)

in its "discretion" or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

39

(ii)

in its "good faith" or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

SECTION 9.4.  Indemnification.

(a)

(i)

The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proc eeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(ii)

The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that such Person is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall ha ve been adjudged to be liable to the Trust, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(iii)

To the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a), or in

40

defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Person shall be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection therewith.

(iv)

Any indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii). Such determination shall be made (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (B) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

(v)

To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) shall be paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this Section 9.4(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (1) in the case of a Company Indemnified Person (A) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (B) if such a Q uorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (C) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (2) in the case of a Fiduciary Indemnified Person, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that, based upon the facts known to the counsel at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such Indemnified Person either believed to be opposed to or did not believe to be in the best interests of the Tru st, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made (i) to a Company Indemnified Person in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such Person deliberately breached such Person's duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders or (ii) to a Fiduciary Indemnified Person in instances where independent

41

legal counsel promptly and reasonably determines in a written opinion that such Person deliberately breached such Person's duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

(b)

The Sponsor shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Person from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, tax (other than taxes based on the income of such Indemnified Person), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such Indemnified Person arising out of or in connection with or by reason of the creation, administration or termination of the Trust, or any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration, except that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith with respect to such acts or omissions.

(c)

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in such Person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4 is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4 shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

(d)

The Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any such capacity, or arising out of such Person's status as such, whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4.

(e)

For purposes of this Section 9.4, references to "the Trust" shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4 with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as such Person would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

(f)

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person.

42

(g)

The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall survive the termination of this Declaration or the earlier resignation or removal of the Institutional Trustee. The obligations of the Sponsor under this Section 9.4 to compensate and indemnify the Trustees and to pay or reimburse the Trustees for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustees as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Capital Securities, provided, that the Sponsor is the holder of the Common Securities.

SECTION 9.5.  Outside Businesses.  Any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee (subject to Section 4.3(c)) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee or the Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, coul d be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

SECTION 9.6.  Compensation; Fee.

(a)

Subject to the provisions set forth in the Fee Agreement between the Institutional Trustee, Cohen Bros. & Company and the Company of even date herewith, the Sponsor agrees:

(i)

to pay to the Trustees from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(ii)

except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable, documented expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to their negligence or willful misconduct.

(b)

The provisions of this Section 9.6 shall survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration and the removal or resignation of any Trustee.

43

(c)

No Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 9.6.

ARTICLE X
ACCOUNTING

SECTION 10.1.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year (the "Fiscal Year") of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

SECTION 10.2.  Certain Accounting Matters.  

(a)

At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b)

The Administrators shall either (i) cause each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Sponsor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act to be delivered to each Holder of Securities, within 90 days after the filing of each Form 10-K and within 30 days after the filing of each Form 10-Q or (ii) cause to be prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities, within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust, annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related statements of income or loss.

(c)

The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

(d)

The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

SECTION 10.3.  Banking.  The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the Institutional Trustee.

44

SECTION 10.4.  Withholding.  The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on any Debt Security without the imposition of withholding tax, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person that is not a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) and any ot her certification acceptable to it to enable the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Trustee to determine their respective duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold in respect of such Debt Security or the holder of such Debt Security under any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under any such law or regulation. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Dist ribution to the Holder in the amount of the withholding. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

SECTION 11.1.  Amendments.

(a)

Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by:

(i)

the Institutional Trustee,

(ii)

if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Delaware Trustee, the Delaware Trustee,

(iii)

if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Administrators, the Administrators, and

(iv)

the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities.

(b)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective:

45

(i)

unless the Institutional Trustee shall have first received

(A)

an Officers' Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

(B)

an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities) and that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied; or

(ii)

if the result of such amendment would be to

(A)

cause the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as a grantor trust;

(B)

reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee in contravention of the Trust Indenture Act;

(C)

cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act; or

(D)

cause the Debenture Issuer to be unable to treat an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as "Tier 1 Capital" for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of (x) the Federal Reserve (or, if the Debenture Issuer is not a bank holding company, such guidelines or policies applied to the Debenture Issuer as if the Debenture Issuer were subject to such guidelines of policies) or of (y) any other regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Debenture Issuer.

(c)

Except as provided in Section 11.1(d), (e) or (g), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.

(d)

In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or any redemption or liquidation provisions applicable to the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.

(e)

Sections 9.1(b) and 9.1(c) and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

(f)

The rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities and Common Securities, as applicable, under Article IV to increase or decrease the number of, and appoint and remove, Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities or Common Securities, as applicable.

46

(g)

Subject to Section 11.1(a)(ii), this Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities to:

(i)

cure any ambiguity;

(ii)

correct or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;

(iii)

add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or

(iv)

modify, eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may be necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required to register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act (including without limitation to conform to any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the right, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;

provided, however, that no such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of Holders of Capital Securities.

SECTION 11.2.  Meetings of the Holders of the Securities; Action by Written Consent.  

(a)

Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration, the terms of the Securities or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any. The Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators one or more notices in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

(b)

Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:

(i)

notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted

47

for trading, if any, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the minimum amount of Securities that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of the Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders of the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Administrators;

(ii)

each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Delaware corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Administra tors or by such other Person that the Administrators may designate; and

(iii)

unless the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, the terms of the Securities, the Trust Indenture Act or the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are then listed for trading, if any, otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote; provided, however, that each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulations § 301.7701-7).

ARTICLE XII
REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE
AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

SECTION 12.1.  Representations and Warranties of Institutional Trustee.  The Trustee that acts as initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Institutional Trustee's acceptance of its appointment as Institutional Trustee, that:

48

(a)

the Institutional Trustee is a banking corporation or national association with trust powers, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York or the United States of America, respectively, with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(b)

the Institutional Trustee has a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000);

(c)

the Institutional Trustee is not an affiliate of the Sponsor, nor does the Institutional Trustee offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust;

(d)

the execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and under Delaware law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(e)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws of the Institutional Trustee; and

(f)

no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Institutional Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.

SECTION 12.2.  Representations and Warranties of Delaware Trustee.  The Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Delaware Trustee's acceptance of its appointment as Delaware Trustee that:

(a)

if it is not a natural person, the Delaware Trustee has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware;

(b)

if it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Delaware Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee, and under Delaware law (excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

49

(c)

if it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Delaware Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the articles of association or by-laws of the Delaware Trustee;

(d)

it has trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

(e)

no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Delaware Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration; and

(f)

if the Delaware Trustee is a natural person, it is a resident of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1.  Notices.  All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a)

if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

Coastal Banking Company Trust I

c/o Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Parkway

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Attention: Randy Kohn

Telecopy: (843) 524-4510

Telephone: (843) 522-1220

(b)

if given to the Delaware Trustee, at the mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Delaware Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association
500 Stanton Christiana Rd., FL3/OPS4
Newark, DE 19713
Attn: Institutional Trust Services
Telecopy: 302-552-6280
Telephone: 302-552-6279

50

(c)

if given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee's mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):

JPMorgan Chase Bank

600 Travis Street, 50^th Floor
Houston, TX 77002
Attention:  Institutional Trust Services

Coastal Banking Company Trust I
Telecopy: 713-216-2101
Telephone: 713-216-4781

(d)

if given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities may give notice of to the Trust):

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Parkway

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Attention: Randy Kohn

Telecopy: (843) 524-4510

Telephone: (843) 522-1220

(e)

if given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 13.2.  Governing Law.  This Declaration and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware and all rights, obligations and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles of conflict of laws of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

SECTION 13.3.  Submission to Jurisdiction.  

(a)

Each of the parties hereto agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Declaration, or the transactions contemplated hereby, may be instituted in any of the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and further agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of Delaware, and to any actions that are instituted in state or Federal court in Wilmington, Delaware and any competent court in the place of its corporate domicile in respect of actions brought against it as a defendant. In addition, each such party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action

51

or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and irrevocably waives any right to which it may be entitled on account of its place of corporate domicile. Each such party hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Declaration or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each such party agrees that final judgment in any proceedings brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

(b)

Each of the Sponsor, the Trustees, the Administrators and the Holder of the Common Securities irrevocably consents to the service of process on it in any such suit, action or proceeding by the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to it at its address given in or pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof.

(c)

To the extent permitted by law, nothing herein contained shall preclude any party from effecting service of process in any lawful manner or from bringing any suit, action or proceeding in respect of this Declaration in any other state, country or place.

SECTION 13.4.  Intention of the Parties.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the parties.

SECTION 13.5.  Headings.  Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

SECTION 13.6.  Successors and Assigns.  Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.

SECTION 13.7.  Partial Enforceability.  If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION 13.8.  Counterparts.  This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Trustees and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

52

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Declaration to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Delaware Trustee
By:	/s/ Diane P. Ledger
	Diane P. Ledger Assistant Vice President

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
	as Institutional Trustee
By:	/s/ Maria D. Calzado
	Maria D. Calzado Vice-President

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.,
	as Sponsor
By:	/s/ Randy C. Kohn
	Randy C. Kohn President and CEO

By:	/s/ Randy C. Kohn
	Administrator

By:	/s/ Charlie T. Lovering
	Administrator

53

ANNEX I

TERMS OF
CAPITAL SECURITIES AND
COMMON SECURITIES

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of May 18, 2004 (as amended from time to time, the "Declaration"), the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the Declaration):

1.

Designation and Number.  

(a)

Capital Securities. 3,000 Capital Securities of Coastal Banking Company Trust I (the "Trust"), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only as the "TP Securities" (the "Capital Securities"). The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice or to conform to the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed, if any.

(b)

Common Securities.  93 Common Securities of the Trust (the "Common Securities") will be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice. In the absence of an Event of Default, the Common Securities will have an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of Ninety Three Thousand Dollars ($93,000) and a stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Common Security.

2.

Distributions.

(a)

Distributions payable on each Security will be payable at a variable per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Distribution Payment Period, plus 2.75% (the "Coupon Rate") of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security (provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability), such Coupon Rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Except as set forth below in respect of an Extension Period, Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the applicable Coupon Rate for each such quarterly period (to the extent permitted by applicable law). Th e term "Distributions" as used herein includes cash distributions, any such compounded distributions and any Additional Interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the

A-I-1

Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Payment Period will be computed for any full quarterly Distribution Payment Period on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution period; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of a Special Event redemption pursuant to paragraph 4(a) below the amounts payable pursuant to this Declaration shall be calculated as set forth in the definition of Special Redemption Price.

(b)

LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

(1)

On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 (or, with respect to the first Distribution Payment Period, on May 18, 2004), (each such day, a "LIBOR Determination Date") for such Distribution Payment Period), the Calculation Agent shall obtain the rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service o r services as may be nominated by the British Banker's Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, and the rate so obtained shall be LIBOR for such Distribution Payment Period.  "LIBOR Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on the same LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be the applicable LIBOR for that Distribution Payment Period.

(2)

If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker's Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London Interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Refe rence Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any

A-I-2

LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London Interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.

(3)

If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for the applicable Distribution Payment Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediate preceding Distribution Payment Period.

(c)

All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).

(d)

On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Sponsor and the Paying Agent of the applicable Coupon Rate in effect for the related Distribution Payment Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of the Holder of any Securities, provide the Coupon Rate then in effect. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Sponsor and the Holders of the Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Sponsor as to the Coupon Rate. The Sponsor shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.

(e)

Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of Distribution payment periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing July 23, 2004 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"). Subject to prior submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture), the Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest distribution period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each, an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, inte rest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued

A-I-3

and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; and provided, further, that, during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal or premium or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the Debenture Issuer that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in interest to the Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture Issuer's capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provis ions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder's rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder's rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period; provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may com mence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, or, if such date is not a Distribution Payment Date, on the immediately following Distribution Payment Date, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust's funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

A-I-4

(f)

Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Registrar on the relevant record dates. The relevant record dates shall be selected by the Administrators, which dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date. Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed to make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Indenture.  Notwithstandin g anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Distribution Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any Distributions payable will be paid on, and such Distribution Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional Distributions will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof.  If the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or Distributions payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional Distributions will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next preceding Business Day.

(g)

In the event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that is not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed pro rata (as defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.

3.

Liquidation Distribution Upon Dissolution.  In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each, a "Liquidation") other than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer), distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the "Liquidation Distribution"), unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of such Securiti es, with an interest rate equal to the Coupon Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of the Trust in accordance with Section 3808(e) of the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

The Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any time to, upon receipt of an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel that Holders will not recognize any gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the distribution Debentures, dissolve the Trust (including without limitation upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior approval from any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Sponsor that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor if such approval

A-I-5

is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount thereof.

The Trust shall dissolve on the first to occur of (i) May 18, 2039, the expiration of the term of the Trust, (ii) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer, (iii) (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee, as the case may be) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof, (iv) the distribution to the Holders of the Securities of the Debentures, upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as described above, (v) the entry of a decree of a judicial dissolution of the Sponsor or the Trust, or (vi) when all of the Se curities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities. As soon as practicable after the dissolution of the Trust and upon completion of the winding up of the Trust, the Trust shall terminate upon the filing of a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

If a Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee of the Trust as expeditiously as such Trustee determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to the Holders of the Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.

If, upon any such Liquidation, the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on such Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

Upon any such Liquidation of the Trust involving a distribution of the Debentures, if at the time of such Liquidation, the Capital Securities were rated by at least one nationally-recognized statistical rating organization, the Debenture Issuer will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from at least one such or other rating organization a rating for the Debentures.

A-I-6

After the date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust, (i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, (ii) any certificates representing the Capital Securities will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of, with an interest rate identical to the distribution rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates are presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and payable under the Debentures) and (iii) all rights of Holders of Securities under the Cap ital Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, shall cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing such Securities.

4.

Redemption and Distribution.  

(a)

The Debentures will mature on July 23, 2034. The Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, on any January 23, April 23, July 23 or October 23 on or after July 23, 2009 at the Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice to Holders of such Debentures. In addition, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer in whole or in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be (the "Special Redemption Date"), at the Special Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice to Holders of the Debentures so long as such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event, as the case may be, i s continuing. In each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Debenture Issuer, if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement) (an "Administrative Action") or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change, Admi nistrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures; (ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

A-I-7

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an "investment company" that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debentures.

"Capital Treatment Event" means, if the Debenture Issuer is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or any rules, guidelines or policies of any applicable regulatory authority for the Debenture Issuer or (b) any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that, within 90 days of the receipt of such opinion, the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Debenture Issuer as "Tier 1 Capital" (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank or financial holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Debenture Issuer (or if the Debenture Issuer is not a bank holding company, such guidelines applied to the Debenture Issuer as if the Debenture Issuer were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Debenture Issuer to treat all or any portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Debenture Issuer having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest whic h the Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided further, however, that the distribution of the Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust by the Debenture Issuer shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

"Special Event" means any of a Capital Treatment Event, a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

A-I-8

"Special Redemption Price" means, with respect to the redemption of any Debentures following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed prior to July 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debentures that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:  

Special Redemption During the 12-Month Period Beginning July 23	Percentage of Principal Amount
2005	103.140%
2006	102.355%
2007	101.570%
2008	100.785%
2009 and thereafter	100.000%

"Redemption Date" means the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be any January 23, April 23, July 23 or October 23 on or after July 23, 2009.  

"Redemption Price" means 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.  

(b)

Upon the repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable redemption price, Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed; provided, however, that holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the Debentures).

(c)

If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be as described in Section 4(e)(ii) below.

(d)

The Trust may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of redemption.

(e)

Redemption or Distribution Procedures.

(i)

Notice of any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a "Redemption/Distribution Notice") will be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this Section 4(e)(i), a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be

A-I-9

given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of such Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Registrar. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

(ii)

In the event that fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the Securities to be redeemed shall be redeemed Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.

(iii)

If the Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this Section 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then, provided, that the Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Capital Securities, on the Redemption Date, irrevocably deposit with the Depositary for such Book-Entry Capital Securities, to the extent available therefore, funds sufficient to pay the relevant Redemption Price and will give such Depositary irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Owners of the Capital Securities.  With respect to Capital Securities that are not Book-Entry Capital Securities, the Institutional Trust ee will pay, to the extent available therefore, the relevant Redemption Price to the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the redemption date. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit, Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the applicable Redemption Price specified in Section 4(a). If any date fixed for redemption of Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of any such Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date fixed for redemption. If payment of the Redemption Price in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the then applicable rate from the original redemption date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the Capital

A-I-10

Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities being redeemed in part.

(iv)

Redemption/Distribution Notices shall be sent by the Trust (A) in respect of the Capital Securities, to the Holders thereof, and (B) in respect of the Common Securities, to the Holder thereof.

(v)

Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States federal securities laws), and provided, that the acquiror is not the Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor or any of its subsidiaries may at anytime and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

5.

Voting Rights - Capital Securities.

(a)

Except as provided under Sections 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of the Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of not less than 10% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

(b)

Subject to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee in certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Hol ders of the Capital Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of greater than a simple majority in principal amount of Debentures (a "Super Majority") affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after the Holders of a Majority or Super Majority, as the case may be, in liquidation amount of such Capital Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Se curities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or premium, if any, on or principal of the Debentures on the date such interest, premium, if any, on or principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the

A-I-11

redemption date), then a Holder of record of the Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment, on or after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder directly of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates to the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice s hall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event of Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any of the actions described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee may request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of such Securities outstanding which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of t he Debentures outstanding. The Institutional Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the written directions of the Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of the Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which s uch Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

A-I-12

Notwithstanding that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not outstanding.

In no event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust. Under certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

6.

Voting Rights - Common Securities.

(a)

Except as provided under Sections 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

(b)

The Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any Administrators.

(c)

Subject to Section 6.7 of the Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the Capital Securities has been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that are waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exer cising any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, provided, however, that, where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding this Section 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee shall not take any action described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration, to the fullest extent permitted by law any Holder of the Common Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the Institutional Trustee's rights under the Declaration, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other Person.

A-I-13

Any approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

No vote or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

7.

Amendments to Declaration and Indenture.

(a)

In addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities affected thereby; provided, however, if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securi ties, then only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.

(b)

In the event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the written direction of the Holders of not less than the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstand ing.

(c)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration if such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an "investment company" which is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

A-I-14

(d)

Notwithstanding any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

8.

Pro Rata.  A reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or treatment as being "Pro Rata" shall mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities outstanding unless, in relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to each Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities, to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities outstanding.

9.

Ranking.  The Capital Securities rank pari passu with, and payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that, where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemp tion Price the full amount of such Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price on all outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price of, the Capital Securities then due and payable.

10.

Acceptance of Guarantee and Indenture.  Each Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance of such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the Indenture.

11.

No Preemptive Rights.  The Holders of the Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to, preemptive or similar rights to subscribe for any additional securities.

12.

Miscellaneous.  These terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge on written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

A-I-15

EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED I NSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A "NON U.S. PERSON" IN AN "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE DEBENTURE ISSUER'S AND THE TRUST'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER I NFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE DEBENTURE ISSUER OR THE TRUST. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

A-1-1

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTION RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NO T PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.

A-1-2

Certificate Number

[P-001]

    Number of Capital Securities:  3,000

Certificate Evidencing Capital Securities

of

Coastal Banking Company Trust I

TP Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security)

Coastal Banking Company Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that JPMorgan Chase Bank as Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders of Alesco Preferred Funding IV, Ltd. (the "Holder"), is the registered owner of 3,000 capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, designated the TP Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Capital Security) (the "Capital Securities"). Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preference s and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of May 18, 2004, among Randolph C. Kohn and Charlie T. Lovering, as Administrators, Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Institutional Trustee, Coastal Banking Company, Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written r equest to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Capital Security is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

A-1-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.

Coastal Banking Company Trust I
By:
	Name:
	Title:	Administrator
Dated:

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
not in its individual capacity but solely as
Institutional Trustee
By:	/s/ [insert name]
	Authorized Signatory
Dated:

A-1-4

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Capital Security will be payable at a variable per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Declaration) plus 2.75% (the "Coupon Rate") of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Capital Security, such rate (provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability), such Coupon Rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the then applicable Coupon Rate for each such quarterly period (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions" as used herein includes cash distributions, any s uch compounded distributions and any Additional Interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will be computed for any full quarterly Distribution period on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution Payment Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing on July 23, 2004 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"). Upon submission of Notice, the Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest distribution period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each, an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such a ccrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period; provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upo n the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date

A-1-5

immediately preceding such date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust's funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

A-1-6

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security Certificate to:

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints

as agent to transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for it, him or her.

Date:

Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:¹

———————

¹  Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-1-7

EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.1(b) OF THE DECLARATION (AS DEFINED BELOW), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED.

A-2-1

Certificate Number

[C-001]

Number of Common Securities:  93

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities
of
Coastal Banking Company Trust I

Coastal Banking Company Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the "Holder") is the registered owner of 93 common securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the "Common Securities"). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of May 18, 2004, among Randolph C. Kohn and Charlie T. Lovering, as Administrators, Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Inst itutional Trustee, the Holder, as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to the Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Declaration"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

As set forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital Securities.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

By acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the Debentures.

This Common Security is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

A-2-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this certificate May __, 2004.

Coastal Banking Company Trust I
By:
	Name:
	Title:	Administrator

A-2-3

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

Distributions payable on each Common Security will be identical in amount to the Distributions payable on each Capital Security, which is at a variable per annum rate of interest, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Declaration) plus 2.75% (the "Coupon Rate") of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Capital Security, such rate (provided, however, that the Coupon Rate for any Distribution Payment Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability), such Coupon Rate being the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears for more than one quarterly period will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the then applicable Coupon Rate for each such quarterly period (to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term "Distributions" as used herein includes cash distributions, any such compounded distributions and any Additional Interest payable on the Debentures unless otherwise stated. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds legally available in the Property Account therefor. The amount of Distributions payable for any period will be computed for any full quarterly Distribution period on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution Payment Period.

Except as otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing on July 23, 2004 (each, a "Distribution Payment Date"). Upon submission of Notice, the Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest distribution period for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each, an "Extension Period") at any time and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and interest on such ac crued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as "Deferred Interest") will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Coupon Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period, provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all D eferred Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable) shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment is paid. If Distributions are deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to

A-2-4

Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date.

Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds legally available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust's funds legally available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.

The Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the Declaration.

A-2-5

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate to:

(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)

(Insert address and zip code of assignee),

and irrevocably appoints ________ as agent to transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:

Signature:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security Certificate)

Signature Guarantee:¹ _________________

———————

¹  Signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" that is a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting the requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Security registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-2-6

EX-4.5

EXHIBIT 4.5

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.

Dated as of May 18, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS
	Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
SECTION 1.1.    Definitions and Interpretation	1
ARTICLE II
POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE
SECTION 2.1.     Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee	4
SECTION 2.2.     Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee	5
SECTION 2.3.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee	7
SECTION 2.4.     Events of Default; Waiver	8
SECTION 2.5.     Events of Default; Notice	8
ARTICLE III
THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE
SECTION 3.1.      The Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility	8
SECTION 3.2.      Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee	9
ARTICLE IV
GUARANTEE
SECTION 4.1.      Guarantee	10
SECTION 4.2.      Waiver of Notice and Demand	10
SECTION 4.3.      Obligations Not Affected	10
SECTION 4.4.      Rights of Holders	11
SECTION 4.5.      Guarantee of Payment	12
SECTION 4.6.       Subrogation	12
SECTION 4.7.       Independent Obligations	12
SECTION 4.8.      Enforcement	12
ARTICLE V
LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION
SECTION 5.1.       Limitation of Transactions	13
SECTION 5.2.       Ranking	13
ARTICLE VI
TERMINATION
SECTION 6.1.      Termination	14
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 7.1.       Exculpation	14
SECTION 7.2.       Indemnification	14
SECTION 7.3.       Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses	16

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
	Page
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.1.       Successors and Assigns	16
SECTION 8.2.      Amendments	16
SECTION 8.3.       Notices	17
SECTION 8.4.       Benefit	17
SECTION 8.5.       Governing Law	18
SECTION 8.6.       Counterparts	18

ii

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (the "Guarantee"), dated as of May 18, 2004, is executed and delivered by Coastal Banking Company, Inc., incorporated in South Carolina (the "Guarantor"), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee (the "Guarantee Trustee"), for benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of Coastal Banking Company Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Issuer").

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the "Declaration"), dated as of May 18, 2004, among the trustees named therein of the Issuer, Coastal Banking Company, Inc., as sponsor, and the Holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the Issuer is issuing on the date hereof securities, having an aggregate liquidation amount of up to $3,000,000, designated the TP Securities (the "Capital Securities"); and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1.  Definitions and Interpretation.

In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)

capitalized terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

(b)

a term defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;

(c)

all references to "the Guarantee" or "this Guarantee" are to this Guarantee as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d)

all references in this Guarantee to Articles and Sections are to Articles and

Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;

(e)

terms defined in the Declaration as of the date of execution of this Guarantee have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and

(f)

a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

"Beneficiaries" means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered.

"Covered Person" means any Holder of Capital Securities.

"Debentures" means the junior subordinated debentures of Coastal Banking Company, Inc., designated the Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2034, held by the Institutional Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.

"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Guarantee Payments" means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer: (i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Declaration) which are required to paid on such Capital Securities to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account (as defined in the Declaration) therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price defined in the Indenture) to the extent the Issuer has finds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, with respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer, (iii) the Special Redemption Price (as defined in the Indenture) to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, with respect to Capital Securities called for redemption upon the occurrence of a Special Event (as defined in the Indenture), and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser of (a) the aggregate the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent the Issuer has funds available in the Property Account therefor at such time, and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer as required by applicable law (in either case, the "Liquidation Distribution").

"Guarantee Trustee" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

"Holder" means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital Securities; provided, however, that, in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Capital Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, "Holder" shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.

2

"Indemnified Person" means the Guarantee Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers, directors, shareholders, embers, partners, employees, representatives, nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.

"Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2004, between the Guarantor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued to the Institutional Trustee of the Issuer.

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments" herein.

"Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities" means Holder(s) outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to, but excluding, the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital Securities then outstanding.

"Obligations" means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

"Officer’s Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall include:

(a)

a statement that each officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b)

a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;

(c)

a statement that each such officer has made such examination investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)

a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

3

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of any matters relating to this Guarantee, including any vice president, any assistant vice president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Successor Guarantee Trustee" means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 3.1.

"Trust Securities" means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

ARTICLE II

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 2.1.

Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)

This Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his or her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b)

If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(c)

The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.4(b)) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

4

(d)

No provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i)

prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A)

 the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee; and

(B)

 in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not on their face they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;

(ii)

the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii)

the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; and

(iv)

 no provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee, or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

SECTION 2.2.

Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)

Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1:

5

(i)

The Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii)

Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.

(iii)

Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

(iv)

The Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to may recording, filing or registration of any instrument or other writing (or any rerecording, refiling or reregistration thereof).

(v)

The Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from any court of competent jurisdiction.

(vi)

The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.

(vii)

The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee

6

Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(viii)

The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees, custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(ix)

Any action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action. No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.

(x)

Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions.

(xi)

The Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Guarantee.

(b)

No provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

SECTION 2.3.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee.

The recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.

7

SECTION 2.4.

Events of Default; Waiver.

(a)

An Event of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure the Guarantor to perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.

(b)

The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may, voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 2.5.

Events of Default; Notice.

(a)

The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of Event of Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Capital Securities, notices of all Events of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice; provided, however, that the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

(b)

The Guarantee Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities, or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the administration of this Guarantee shall have actual knowledge thereof.

ARTICLE III

THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1.

The Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a)

There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i)

not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii)

be a corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital surplus of such corporation or national association shall be deemed to be its

8

combinedcapital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b)

If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 3.1 (a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 3.2(c).

(c)

If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest’ within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to, this Guarantee.

SECTION3.2.

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)

Subject to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of Default.

(b)

 The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c)

The Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation. The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d)

 If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e)

 No Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(f)

Upon termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.

9

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE

SECTION 4.1.

Guarantee.

(a)

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except as defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the Holders.

(b)

The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer and in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

SECTION 4.2.

Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

SECTION 4.3.

 Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a)

the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b)

the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an extension of time for the payment of the Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sums payable that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the Indenture);

10

(c)

any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d)

the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

(e)

any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;

(f)

the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby hereby incurred; or

(g)

any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 4.4.

 Rights of Holders.

(a)

The Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee; provided, however, that (subject to Sections 2.1 and 2.2) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine that the actions so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction or if the Guarantee Trustee being advised by legal counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Respons ible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.

(b)

 Any Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the Guarantor.

11

SECTION 4.5.

Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

SECTION 4.6.

Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by applicable provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

SECTION 4.7

Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 4.3 hereof.

SECTION 4.8.

Enforcement.

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 4.1 (b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this Guarantee; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by applicable provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any fights that it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee.

12

ARTICLE V

LIMITATION OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION

SECTION 5.1.

Limitation of Transactions.

So long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected Extension Period as provided in the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s capital stock or (y) make any payment of principal of interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than (i) payments under this Guarantee, (ii) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions shares of capital stock of the Guarantor (A) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors, or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default or the applicable Extension Period, (iii) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock, (iv) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being co nverted or exchanged, (v) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (vi) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of  such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock).

SECTION 5.2.

Ranking.

This Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions of this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.

The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments

13

thereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture or agreement that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

SECTION 6.1.

Termination.

This Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full payment of the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as the case may be, of all Capital Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the Debentures to the Holders all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities or under this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1.

Exculpation.

(a)

No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable damages or otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission of such Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

(b)

An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.

SECTION 7.2.

 Indemnification.

(a)

The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified

14

Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including but not limited to the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) o f the Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

(b)

 Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 notice of the commencement such Indemnified Person will, a claim in of any action, if respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2, notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above. The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the Indemnified Person in any action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel (and local counsel), if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Persons which are different from or additional to those available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

15

SECTION 7.3.

 Compensation; Reimbursement of Expenses.

Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen Bros. & Company, the Guarantee Trustee and Delaware Trustee (as defined in the Declaration), the Guarantor agrees:

(a)

 to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

(b)

except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1.

Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with or into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets or capital stock to another entity, in each case to the extent permitted under the Indenture, the Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.

SECTION 8.2.

Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent of Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments thereof shall apply equally with respect to amendments of the Guarantee.

16

SECTION 8.3.

Notices.

All notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail, as follows:

(a)

If given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities):

JPMorgan Chase Bank

600 Travis Street, 50th Floor

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Institutional Trust Services

Coastal Banking Company Trust I

Telecopy: (713) 216-2101

Telephone: (713) 216-4181

(b)

If given to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Parkway

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Attention: Randy Kohn

Teleeopy: (843) 524-4510

Telephone: (843) 522-1220

(c)

If given to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth the books and records of the Issuer.

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 8.4.

Benefit.

This Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities and, subject to Section 2.1 (a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.

17

SECTION 8.5.

Governing Law.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

SECTION 8.6.

Counterparts.

This Guarantee may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Guarantee may be executed by the affixing of the signature of the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee to any of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

18

THIS GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.,
as Guarantor
By:	/s/ Randy C. Kohn
	Randy C. Kohn President and CEO

JPMORGANCHASE BANK,
as Guarantee Trustee
By:	/s/ Maria D. Calzado
	Maria D. Calzado Vice President

19

EX-4.6

EXHIBIT 4.6

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

between

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.

and

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee

_____________________

Dated as of June 30, 2006

_____________________

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

SECTION 1.1.

Definitions.

1

SECTION 1.2.

Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

10

SECTION 1.3.

Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

11

SECTION 1.4.

Acts of Holders.

12

SECTION 1.5.

Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.

14

SECTION 1.6.

Notice to Holders; Waiver.

14

SECTION 1.7.

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

15

SECTION 1.8.

Successors and Assigns.

15

SECTION 1.9.

Separability Clause.

15

SECTION 1.10.

Benefits of Indenture.

15

SECTION 1.11.

Governing Law.

15

SECTION 1.12.

Submission to Jurisdiction.

15

SECTION 1.13.

Non-Business Days.

16

ARTICLE II
Security Forms

SECTION 2.1.

Form of Security.

16

SECTION 2.2.

Restricted Legend.

21

SECTION 2.3.

Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

24

SECTION 2.4.

Temporary Securities.

24

SECTION 2.5.

Definitive Securities.

25

ARTICLE III
The Securities

SECTION 3.1.

Payment of Principal and Interest.

25

SECTION 3.2.

Denominations.

27

SECTION 3.3.

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

27

SECTION 3.4.

Global Securities.

28

SECTION 3.5.

Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally.

30

SECTION 3.6.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

31

SECTION 3.7.

Persons Deemed Owners.

32

SECTION 3.8.

Cancellation.

32

SECTION 3.9.

Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

32

SECTION 3.10.

Right of Set-Off.

33

SECTION 3.11.

Agreed Tax Treatment.

33

SECTION 3.12.

CUSIP Numbers.

33

ARTICLE IV
Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.1.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

34

SECTION 4.2.

Application of Trust Money.

35

ARTICLE V
Remedies

SECTION 5.1.

Events of Default.

35

SECTION 5.2.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

1

SECTION 5.3.

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

2

SECTION 5.4.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

3

SECTION 5.5.

Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

3

SECTION 5.6.

Application of Money Collected.

4

SECTION 5.7.

Limitation on Suits.

4

SECTION 5.8.

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and

Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities.

5

SECTION 5.9.

Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

5

SECTION 5.10.

Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

5

SECTION 5.11.

Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

6

SECTION 5.12.

Control by Holders.

6

SECTION 5.13.

Waiver of Past Defaults.

6

SECTION 5.14.

Undertaking for Costs.

7

SECTION 5.15.

Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

7

ARTICLE VI
The Trustee

SECTION 6.1.

Corporate Trustee Required.

7

SECTION 6.2.

Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

8

SECTION 6.3.

Notice of Defaults.

9

SECTION 6.4.

Certain Rights of Trustee.

9

SECTION 6.5.

May Hold Securities.

11

SECTION 6.6.

Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

11

SECTION 6.7.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

12

SECTION 6.8.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

13

SECTION 6.9.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

13

SECTION 6.10.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

14

SECTION 6.11.

Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

14

ARTICLE VII
Holder’s Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company

SECTION 7.1.

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

15

SECTION 7.2.

Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

15

SECTION 7.3.

Reports by Company.

16

ARTICLE VIII
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

SECTION 8.1.

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

16

SECTION 8.2.

Successor Company Substituted.

17

ARTICLE IX
Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.1.

Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

18

SECTION 9.2.

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

18

SECTION 9.3.

Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

19

SECTION 9.4.

Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

20

SECTION 9.5.

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

20

ARTICLE X
Covenants

SECTION 10.1.

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

20

SECTION 10.2.

Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

20

SECTION 10.3.

Statement as to Compliance.

21

SECTION 10.4.

Calculation Agent.

21

SECTION 10.5.

Additional Tax Sums.

22

SECTION 10.6.

Additional Covenants.

23

SECTION 10.7.

Waiver of Covenants.

24

SECTION 10.8.

Treatment of Securities.

24

ARTICLE XI
Redemption of Securities

SECTION 11.1.

Optional Redemption.

24

SECTION 11.2.

Special Event Redemption.

24

SECTION 11.3.

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

25

SECTION 11.4.

Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

25

SECTION 11.5.

Notice of Redemption.

25

SECTION 11.6.

Deposit of Redemption Price.

26

SECTION 11.7.

Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

26

ARTICLE XII
Subordination of Securities

SECTION 12.1.

Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.

27

SECTION 12.2.

No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of

Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

27

SECTION 12.3.

Payment Permitted If No Default.

29

SECTION 12.4.

Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

29

SECTION 12.5.

Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

29

SECTION 12.6.

Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

30

SECTION 12.7.

No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

30

SECTION 12.8.

Notice to Trustee.

30

SECTION 12.9.

Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

31

SECTION 12.10.

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

31

SECTION 12.11.

Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights.  31

SECTION 12.12.

Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

32

SCHEDULES

Schedule A

Determination of LIBOR

Exhibit A

Form of Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit B

Form of Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Section 10.3

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE, dated as of June 30, 2006, between Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (the “Company”), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured junior subordinated deferrable interest notes (the “Securities”) issued to evidence loans made to the Company of the proceeds from the issuance by COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST II, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), of undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Preferred Securities”) and undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities ” and, collectively with the Preferred Securities, the “Trust Securities”), and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

Now, therefore, this Indenture Witnesseth:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.1.  Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)

the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

(b)

the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

(c)

all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(d)

unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article” or a “Section” refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(e)

the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f)

a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g)

the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

“Act” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

“Administrative Trustee” means, with respect to the Trust, a Person identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as therein provided.

“Additional Interest” means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any amounts payable  on the Securities, the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security.

“Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

“Additional Taxes” means taxes, duties or other governmental charges imposed on the Trust as a result of a Tax Event (which, for the sake of clarity, does not include amounts required to be deducted or withheld by the Trust from payments made by the Trust to or for the benefit of the Holder of, or any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, the Securities).

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Securities.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

“Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4.

“Capital Disqualification Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters that, as a result of an amendment to or a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, the aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve or other “appropriate Federal banking agency” as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), which amendment, change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities; provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities as Tier 1 Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Disqualification Event if such inability results from the Company having such Preferred Securities outstanding in an amount that for any reason is in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines.  By way of example, the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities as Tier 1 Capital as a result of the Final Rule on Risk-Based Capital Standards:  Trust Preferred Securities and the Definition of Capital, adopted on March 1, 2005, by the Federal Reserve, shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Disqualification Event.

“Common Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.

“Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets.

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) ever y capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options and swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.

“Delaware Trustee” means, with respect to the Trust, the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as therein provided.

“Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Company or any successor thereto.  DTC will be the initial Depositary.

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

“Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in the Trust Agreement and referred to therein as “Distributions.”

“Dollar” or “$” means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation.

“Equity Interests” means any of (a) the partnership interests (general or limited) in a partnership, (b) the membership interests in a limited liability company or (c) the shares or stock interests (both common stock and preferred stock) in a corporation.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 3.9.

“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it , any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, from time to time in effect.

“Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

“Government Obligation” means (a) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (b) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation that is specified in clause (a) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any Gover nment Obligation that is so specified and held, provided, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed by the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented by one or more amendments or indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

“Interest Payment Date” means March 30^th, June 30^th, September 30^th and December 30^th of each year, commencing on September 30, 2006, during the term of this Indenture.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Securities.

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“Liquidation Amount” has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or any installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Major Bank Subsidiary,” means any subsidiary of the Company that is a “major bank subsidiary” as such term is used in the Adopting Release accompanying the Final Rule on Risk-Based Capital Standards:  Trust Preferred Securities and the Definition of Capital, adopted on March 1, 2005, by the Federal Reserve, and as such term may subsequently be defined or interpreted in any rule, regulation, written interpretation or other public issuance of the Federal Reserve.  For purposes of this definition, any “depository institution” subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 3(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act that would be considered a Major Bank Subsidiary except for the fact that such subsidiary is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 3(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, shall be deemed to be a Major Bank Subsidiary.

“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 5.1(d).

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of each Security.

“Outstanding” means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i)

Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii)

Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii)

Securities that have been paid, or in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company;

provided, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obl igor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Securities initially issued to the Trust that are owned by the Trust shall be deemed to be Outstanding notwithstanding the ownership by the Company or an Affiliate of any beneficial interest in the Trust.

“Paying Agent” means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on, or other amounts in respect of, any Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, company, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Place of Payment” means, with respect to the Securities, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

“Placement Agent” has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

“Preferred Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

“Proceeding” has the meaning specified in Section 12.2.

“Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as therein provided.

“Purchaser” means TWE, Ltd. as purchaser of the Preferred Securities pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

“Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the price at which such Security or portion thereof is to be redeemed as fixed by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities means the date that is fifteen (15) days preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer, or any other officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee  with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Rights Plan” means a plan of the Company providing for the issuance by the Company to all holders of its Equity Interests of rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase Equity Interests of the Company which rights (i) are deemed to be transferred with such Equity Interests and (ii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such Equity Interests, in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

“Securities” or “Security” means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5.

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Company, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Securities; provided, however, that if the Company is subject to the regulation and supervision of an "appropriate Federal banking agency" within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Company shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any such obligation if not other wise generally approved; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to the Securities, including, without limitation, the debt securities of the Company issued under the Indenture, dated May 17, 2004, between the Company and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as trustee.

“Special Event” means the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

“Special Event Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 11.2.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1.

“Stated Maturity” means September 30, 2036.

“Subscription Agreement” means the Preferred Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, by and among the Company, the Trust, the Purchaser and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (as to certain provisions thereof).

“Subsidiary” means a Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other voting interests of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock that ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any

announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (b) any judicial decision or any official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum or field service advice) or regulatory procedure, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any such pronouncement or procedure (an “Administrative Action”), regardless of whether such judicial decision or Administrative Action is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, change, judicial decision or Administrative Action is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Trust i s, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Securities, (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes, or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

“Trust” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

“Trust Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement executed and delivered by the Company, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture, for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture.

“Trust Securities” has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.2.  Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

(a)

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b)

Every certificate delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 10.3) shall include:

(i)

a statement by each individual signing such certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii)

a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii)

a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv)

a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 1.3.  Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

(a)

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

(b)

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

(c)

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

(d)

Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally received in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of

the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Securities.

SECTION 1.4.  Acts of Holders.

(a)

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments (including any appointment of an agent) is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4.

(b)

The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority.  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

(c)

The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d)

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(e)

Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(f)

Except as set forth in paragraph (g) of this Section 1.4, the Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or

other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined below) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect).   ;Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

(g)

The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration or rescission or annulment thereof referred to in Section 5.2, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(b) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 5.12. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect).  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

(h)

With respect to any record date set pursuant to paragraph (f) or (g) of this Section 1.4, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the ninetieth (90^th) day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as p rovided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the one hundred and eightieth (180^th) day after the applicable record date.

SECTION 1.5.  Notices, Etc.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, Act of Holders, or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

(a)

the Trustee by any Holder, any holder of Preferred Securities or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,

(b)

the Company by the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at 36 Sea Island Pkwy, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907 Attn: Chief Financial Officer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company,

(c)

the Placement Agent by the Trustee, the Company, any Holder or any holder or beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities, shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid to the Placement Agent at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: The CDO Group , or any other address previously furnished by the Placement Agent, or

(d)

the Purchaser by the Trustee, the Company, any Holder or any holder or beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities, shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed first-class postage prepaid to the Purchaser at c/o Maples Finance Limited, P.O. Box 1093 GT, Queensgate House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, Attention: The Directors, or any other address previously furnished by the Purchaser.

SECTION 1.6.  Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event to the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or for any other reason, it shall be impossible or impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when said notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such noti ce, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 1.7.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.8.  Successors and Assigns.

This Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law.  Except in connection with a transaction involving the Company that is permitted under Article VIII and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder, the Company shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 1.9.  Separability Clause.

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 1.10.  Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities and, to the extent expressly provided in Sections 5.2, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.13, 9.2 and 10.7, the holders of Preferred Securities, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 1.11.  Governing Law.

This Indenture and the rights and obligations of each of the Holders, the Company and the Trustee shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

SECTION 1.12.  Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS INDENTURE, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

SECTION 1.13.  Non-Business Days.

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest, premium, if any, or principal or other amounts in respect of such Security shall not be made on such date, but shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, until such next succeeding Business Day) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

ARTICLE II

SECURITY FORMS

SECTION 2.1.  Form of Security.

Any Security issued hereunder shall be in substantially the following form:

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

Junior Subordinated Note due 2036

No. _____________ $__________

Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of South Carolina (hereinafter called the “Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to _______________ (the “Holder”), or registered assigns, the principal sum of $__________ DOLLARS [if the Security is a Global Security, then insert— or such other principal amount represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Indenture] on September 30, 2036.  The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from _______, 200__, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 30^th , June 30^th, September 30^th and December 30^th of each year, commencing on _______, 200__, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date until such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, together with Additional Tax Sums, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided, that any overdue principal,

premium, if any, or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.

The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Ho lders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may be listed, traded or quoted and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

So long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable).  No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable), except at the end th ereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest.  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security.  Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no

Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security and (iv) no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing.  The Company shall give (i) the Holder of this Security, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Property Trustee and (iv) any beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Placement Agent or the Purchaser) written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period no later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15^th) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral.

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Company in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interest s, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same Equity Interests as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests).

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the

United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written wire transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Holder of this Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on this Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions .

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the “Securities”) issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2006 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture or in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”), relating to Coastal Banking Company Trust II (the “Trust”), among the Company, as Depositor, the trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Trust Securities issued pursuant thereto, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) on or after September 30, 2011 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with

accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, upon not less than thirty (30) days’ nor more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Holders of the Securities (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at the Special Event Redemption Price; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.  If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereo f or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest, including any Additional Interest, on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest herein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

This Security shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate this ____ day of ____________, 2006.

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.
By:	/s/
	[name] [title]

SECTION 2.2.  Restricted Legend.

(a)

Any Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A

WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECUR ITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER

WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMP TION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.”

(b)

The above legends shall not be removed from any Security unless there is delivered to the Company satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under or violation of the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver, at the written direction of the Company, a Security that does not bear the legend.

SECTION 2.3.  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This represents Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
	By:
		Authorized officer

SECTION 2.4.  Temporary Securities.

(a)

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

(b)

If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of any authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

SECTION 2.5.  Definitive Securities.

The Securities issued on the Original Issue Date shall be in definitive form.  The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

ARTICLE III

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 3.1.  Payment of Principal and Interest.

(a)

The unpaid principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, such interest to accrue from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and any overdue principal, premium or Additional Tax Sums and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or funds for the payment thereof are made available for payment.

(b)

Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the principal of a Security or on a Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security.

(c)

Any interest on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

(i)

The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “Special Record Date”), which shall be fixed in the following manner.  At least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, the

Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall pr omptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date; or

(ii)

The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may be listed, traded or quoted and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(d)

Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

(e)

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of such Securities shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent and payments of interest shall be made subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of the Security is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and interest (including any overdue installment of interest and Additional Tax Sums, if any) on the

Security will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Property Trustee.

(f)

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 3.2.  Denominations.

The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.3.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

(a)

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities in an aggregate principal amount (including all then Outstanding Securities) not in excess of $4,124,000 executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(i)

a copy of any Board Resolution relating thereto; and

(ii)

an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; (2) the Securities have been duly authorized and executed by the Company and have been delivered to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture; and (3) the Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act.

(b)

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.  Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

(c)

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive

evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.8, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

(d)

Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 3.4.  Global Securities.

(a)

Upon the election of the Holder after the Original Issue Date, which election need not be in writing, the Securities owned by such Holder shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

(b)

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for registered Securities, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee and the Company in writing that such Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of such notice, (ii) such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and no successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order statin g that the Company elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Securities to such owners of beneficial interests requesting the same.  Upon the issuance of such Securities and the registration in the Securities Register of such Securities in the names of the Holders of the beneficial interests therein, the Trustees shall recognize such holders of beneficial interests as Holders.

(c)

If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other Securities or canceled in part, or if another Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Security, then either (i) such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the principal amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment

to its records. Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Securities issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

(d)

Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

(e)

Securities distributed to holders of Book-Entry Preferred Securities (as defined in the Trust Agreement) upon the dissolution of the Trust shall be distributed in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, and deposited with the Securities Registrar, as custodian for such Depositary, or with such Depositary, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Securities represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct).  Securities distributed to holders of Preferred Securities other than Book-Entry Preferred Securities upon the dissolution of the Trust shall not be issued in the form of a Global Security or any other form intended to facilitate book-entry trading in beneficial interests in such Securities.

(f)

The Depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of a Global Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Security for all purposes under this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Depositary Participants.  The Securities Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Indenture relating to a Global Security (including the payment of principal and interest thereon and the giving of instructions or directions by owners of beneficial interests therein and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Security and shall have no obligations to the owners of beneficial interests therein.  Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(g)

The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or its Depositary Participants.

(h)

No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever.  None of the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein

shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

SECTION 3.5.  Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally.

(a)

The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers and exchanges of Securities. The Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar.  The provisions of Article VI shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b)

Subject to compliance with Section 2.2(b), upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

(c)

At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and upon receipt thereof the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(d)

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(e)

Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

(f)

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

(g)

Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article XI and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for

redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(h)

The Company shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Securities may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange.  The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

SECTION 3.6.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

(a)

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and upon receipt thereof the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(b)

If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(c)

If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

(d)

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

(e)

Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

(f)

The provisions of this Section 3.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 3.7.  Persons Deemed Owners.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.8.  Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.8, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a certificate of such disposition.

SECTION 3.9.  Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

(a)

So long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Security, to defer the payment of interest on the Securities for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period(s), the Company shall have the right to make no payments or partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date (except any Additional Tax Sums that otherwise may be due and payable).  No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities.  No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at t he end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment.  At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities together with such Additional Interest.  Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may extend such Extension Period and further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twen ty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities.  Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on

any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities and (iv) no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) has occurred and is continuing.  The Company shall give (i) the Holders of the Securities, (ii) the Trustee, (iii) the Property Trustee and (iv) any beneficial owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Placement Agent or the Purchaser) written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period no later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on the Securities would be payable but for such deferral.

(b)

In connection with any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.6(a).

SECTION 3.10. Right of Set-Off.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall have the right to set off any payment it is otherwise required to make in respect of any Security to the extent the Company has theretofore made, or is concurrently on the date of such payment making, a payment under the Guarantee Agreement relating to such Security or to a holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to an action undertaken under Section 5.8 of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.11. Agreed Tax Treatment.

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, such Security, intend and agree to treat such Security as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes and to treat the Preferred Securities (including but not limited to all payments and proceeds with respect to the Preferred Securities) as an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Securities (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes.  The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 3.12. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice or other materials may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE IV

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 4.1.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(a)

either

(i)

all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Section 10.2) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii)

all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(A)

have become due and payable, or

(B)

will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

(C)

are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of subclause (ii)(A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose (x) an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable, (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (z) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securit ies that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(b)

the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c)

the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(ii) of this Section 4.1, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and Section 10.2(e) shall survive.

SECTION 4.2.  Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2(e), all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment in accordance with Section 3.1, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee.  Moneys held by the Trustee under this Section 4.2 shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article XII.

ARTICLE V

REMEDIES

SECTION 5.1.  Events of Default.

“Event of Default” means, wherever used herein with respect to the Securities, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a)

default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

(b)

default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security at its Maturity; or

(c)

default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, following the nonpayment of any such interest for twenty (20) or more consecutive quarterly interest payment periods; or

(d)

default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture and continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e)

the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of  a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(f)

the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in further ance of any such action; or

(g)

either (1) a court or administrative or governmental agency or body shall enter a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver of a Major Bank Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its property in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding, or (2) a Major Bank Subsidiary shall consent to the appointment of a receiver for it or all or substantially all of its property in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding; or

(h)

the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Securities to holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Preferred Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as and to the extent permitted by the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 5.2.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

(a)

If an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), provided, that if, upon an Event of Default

pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (e), (f), (g) or (h), the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities fail to declare the principal of all the Outstanding Securities to be immediately due and payable, the holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee; and upon any such declaration the principal amount of and the accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable.

(b)

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Indenture Trustee, or the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i)

the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A)

all overdue installments of interest on all Securities,

(B)

any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities,

(C)

the principal of and any premium on any Securities that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and

(D)

all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

(ii)

all Events of Default with respect to Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13;

provided, that if the Holders of such Securities fail to annul such declaration and waive such default, the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then outstanding shall also have the right to rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Company and the Trustee, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.2.  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.3.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a)

The Company covenants that if:

(i)

default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days, or

(ii)

default is made in the payment of the principal of and any premium on any Security at the Maturity thereof,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.6.

(b)

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

(c)

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 5.4.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized hereunder in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such pa yments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6.

SECTION 5.5.  Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to Article XII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 5.6.  Application of Money Collected.

Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6;

SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XII.

THIRD:  Subject to Article XII, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and

FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

SECTION 5.7.  Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 5.8, no Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a)

such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

(b)

the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c)

such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(d)

the Trustee after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding for sixty (60) days; and

(e)

no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60)-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

SECTION 5.8.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest; Direct Action by Holders of Preferred Securities.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium on such Security at its Maturity and payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security when due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Any registered holder of the Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(a), Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.1(c), to institute a suit directly against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder of principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of th e Preferred Securities held by such holder.

SECTION 5.9.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Holder or any holder of Preferred Securities has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee, such Holder or such holder of Preferred Securities, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee, such Holders and such holder of Preferred Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, such Holder and such holder of Preferred Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6(f), no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity

or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, any Holder of any Securities or any holder of any Preferred Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders and the right and remedy given to the holders of Preferred Securities by Section 5.8 may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Holders or the holders of Preferred Securities, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.12. Control by Holders.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (or, as the case may be, the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities) shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, that:

(a)

such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(b)

the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(c)

subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith, reasonably determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.

(a)

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities and the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except an Event of Default:

(i)

in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security (unless such Event of Default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) due and past due and all principal of and any premium on all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

(ii)

in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any Outstanding Security.

(b)

Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities or, in the case of a waiver by holders of Preferred Securities issued by such Trust, by all holders of Preferred Securities.

(c)

Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.14. Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggre gate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or any premium on the Security after the Stated Maturity or any interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security after it is due and payable.

SECTION 5.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VI

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.1.  Corporate Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities.  The Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or

examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 6.1, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI.

SECTION 6.2.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a)

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i)

the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii)

in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, that in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(b)

If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (or, if applicable, from the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities), exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2.  To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Holders, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Indenture.  The provisions o f this Indenture, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Company and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustee.

(d)

No provisions of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Trustee under this Indenture for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i)

the Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii)

the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (or, if applicable, from the holders of a majority in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities), relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

(iii)

the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder and money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 6.3.  Notice of Defaults.

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders notice of such default unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities, the Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of holders of Securities; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(d), no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section 6.3, the term “ default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

SECTION 6.4.  Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2:

(a)

the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)

if (i) in performing its duties under this Indenture the Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee finds ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Indenture, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders are entitled to decide under the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Company requesting the Company’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Company; provided, that if the Trustee does not receive such instructions from the Company

within ten Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice the Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c)

any request or direction of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(d)

the Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Trustee, the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e)

the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders or any holder of Preferred Securities pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders (or such holders of Preferred Securities) shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Trustee;

(f)

the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g)

the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h)

whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Trustees (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities as would be entitled to direct the Trustee under this Indenture in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(i)

except as otherwise expressly provided by this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

(j)

without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding referred to in clauses (e) or (f) of the definition of Event of Default, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy laws or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(k)

whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate addressing such matter, which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Company;

(l)

the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or (ii) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a Holder; and

(m)

in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or Securities Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent,  or  Securities Registrar.

SECTION 6.5.  May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 6.6.  Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

(a)

The Company agrees

(i)

to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(ii)

to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(iii)

to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees for, and to hold them

harmless against, any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, including the advancement of funds to cover the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

(b)

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 6.6, the Company hereby grants and pledges to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(c)

The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(d)

In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(e)

In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

SECTION 6.7.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a)

No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.8.

(b)

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

(c)

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Company by a Board Resolution.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d)

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8. If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders, by Act of

the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by the Trustee or the removal of the Trustee in the manner required by Section 6.8, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)

The Company shall give notice to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 1.6 of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 6.8.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a)

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b)

Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.8.

(c)

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VI.

SECTION 6.9.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation or as otherwise provided above in this Section 6.9 to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall no t have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may

authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 6.11. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

(a)

The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.6, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.11 the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.11.

(b)

Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise eligible under this Section 6.11, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

(c)

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an

Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.11, which shall be acceptable to the Company, and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

(d)

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.11 in such amounts as the Company and the Authenticating Agent shall agree from time to time.

(e)

If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to this Section 6.11, the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This represents Securities designated therein and referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

Dated:	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not  in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
		Authenticating Agent
	By:
		Authorized Officer

ARTICLE VII

HOLDER’S LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 7.1.  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a)

semi-annually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the delivery thereof, and

(b)

at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Company and has not otherwise been received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

SECTION 7.2.  Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

(a)

The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b)

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

(c)

Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 7.3.  Reports by Company and Trustee.

(a)

The Company shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective purchasers of Securities, upon their request, the information required to be furnished pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.  The Company shall furnish to the Trustee and, so long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Company shall furnish to the Property Trustee, (i) reports on Federal Reserve form FR Y-9SP promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve or (ii) if at such time the Company is no longer required to file the reports set forth in (i) above, such other similar reports as the Company may be required to file at such time with the Company’s primary federal banking regulator promptly following their filing with such banking regulator.

(b)

The Company shall furnish to (i) the Holders and to subsequent holders of Securities, (ii) the Purchaser, (iii) any beneficial owner of the Securities reasonably identified to the Company (which identification may be made either by such beneficial owner or by the Placement Agent or the Purchaser) and (iv) any designee of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Company not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company.

(c)

The Trustee shall receive all reports, certificates and information, which it is entitled to receive under each of the Operative Documents (as defined in the Trust Agreement), and deliver to (i) the Purchaser, (ii) the Placement Agent and (iii) a designee of (i) or (ii) above, as identified in writing to the Trustee, all such reports, certificates or information promptly upon receipt thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 8.1.  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

(a)

if the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or o bserved;

(b)

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(c)

the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, any such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VIII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee may rely upon such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1.

SECTION 8.2.  Successor Company Substituted.

(a)

Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1 and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(a), the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, following the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securitie s.

(b)

Such successor Person may cause to be executed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture .

(c)

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.1.  Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(a)

to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(b)

to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Indenture, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (b) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

(c)

to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Company or to add to the Events of Default, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (c) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities; or

(d)

to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Securities are treated as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (d) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders or the holders of the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 9.2.  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

(a)

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security,

(i)

change the Stated Maturity of the principal or any premium of any Security or change the date of payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or restrict or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, or

(ii)

reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

(iii)

modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2, Section 5.13 or Section 10.7, except to increase any percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any reason, or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security;

provided, further, that, so long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, no amendment under this Section 9.2 shall be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities shall have consented to such amendment; provided, further, that if the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security is required for any amendment under this Indenture, such amendment shall not be effective until the holder of each Outstanding Trust Security shall have consented to such amendment.

(b)

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.3.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions

precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.  Copies of the final form of each supplemental indenture shall be delivered by the Trustee at the expense of the Company to each Holder, and, if the Trustee is the Property Trustee, to each holder of Preferred Securities, promptly after the execution thereof.

SECTION 9.4.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 9.5.  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

ARTICLE X

COVENANTS

SECTION 10.1. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

SECTION 10.2. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

(a)

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium or interest (including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its failure so to act.

(b)

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the Trust Indenture Act and

(unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

(c)

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for the Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.2, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities.

(d)

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(e)

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and any premium or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as tru stee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 10.3. Statement as to Compliance.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B) covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder), and if the

Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

SECTION 10.4. Calculation Agent.

(a)

The Company hereby agrees that for so long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, there will at all times be an agent appointed to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Schedule A (the “Calculation Agent”).  The Company has initially appointed the Property Trustee as Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Payment Date.  The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Company at any time.  Except as described in the immediately preceding sentence, so long as the Property Trustee holds any of the Securities, the Calculation Agent shall be the Property Trustee.   If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Company, the Company will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transac tions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Company or its Affiliates.  The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b)

The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in Schedule A), but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate and dollar amount (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Interest Payment Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Company, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Company the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Company before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either:  (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the f oregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor.  The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Payment Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.  For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

SECTION 10.5. Additional Tax Sums.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if (a) the Trust is the Holder of all of the Outstanding Securities and (b) a Tax Event described in clause (i) or (iii) in the definition of Tax Event in Section 1.1 hereof has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall pay to the Trust (and its permitted successors or assigns under the related Trust Agreement) for so long as the Trust (or its permitted successor or assignee) is the registered holder of the Outstanding Securities, such amounts as may be necessary in order that the amount of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement)) then due and payable by the Trust on the Preferred Securities and Common Securities that at any time remain outstanding in accordance with the terms thereof shall not be reduced as a result of

any Additional Taxes arising from such Tax Event (additional such amounts payable by the Company to the Trust, the “Additional Tax Sums”). Whenever in this Indenture or the Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payments of the Additional Tax Sums provided for in this Section 10.5 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Tax Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.5 and express mention of the payment of Additional Tax Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Tax Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, that the deferral of the payment of interest pursuant to Section 3.9 on the Sec urities shall not defer the payment of any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable.

SECTION 10.6. Additional Covenants.

(a)

The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period with respect to the Securities and shall not have rescinded such notice, or such Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, it shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return other than dividends or distributions on Equity In terests payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Event of Default or Ext ension Period, (B) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s Equity Interests, (C) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (E) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same Equity Interests as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests).

(b)

The Company also covenants with each Holder of Securities (i) to hold, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Common Securities of the Trust, provided, that any permitted successor of the Company hereunder may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) as holder of such Common Securities, not to voluntarily dissolve, wind-up or liquidate the Trust other than (A) in connection with a distribution of the Securities to the holders of the Preferred Securities in liquidation of the Trust or (B) in connection with certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations permitted by the Trust Agreement and (iii) to use its reasonable commercial efforts, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement, to cause the Trust to continue to be taxable as a grantor trust and not as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 10.7. Waiver of Covenants.

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition contained in Section 10.6 if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, and at least a majority of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then outstanding, by consent of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10.8. Treatment of Securities.

The Company will treat the Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts (other than payments of principal) payable in respect of the principal amount of such Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes.  All payments in respect of the Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE XI

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 11.1. Optional Redemption.

The Company may, at its option, on any Interest Payment Date, on or after September 30, 2011, redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof (or of the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable), together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

SECTION 11.2. Special Event Redemption.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to one hundred (100%) percent of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (the “Special Event Redemption Price”); provided, that the Company shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve with respect to such redemption if then required.

SECTION 11.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, not less than forty five (45) days and not more than seventy five (75) days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee and the Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement in writing of such date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by Section 11.5. In the case of any redemption of Securities, in whole or in part, (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in this Indenture or the Securities or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specif ied in this Indenture or the Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

SECTION 11.4. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

(a)

If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected and redeemed on a pro rata basis not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, provided, that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

(b)

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

(c)

The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.4 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

SECTION 11.5. Notice of Redemption.

(a)

Notice of redemption shall be given not later than the thirtieth (30th) day, and not earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day, prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Property Trustee under the related Trust Agreement).

(b)

With respect to Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, each notice of redemption shall state:

(i)

the Redemption Date;

(ii)

the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price, as calculated by the Company, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii)

if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

(iv)

that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that any interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security or such portion, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue on and after said date; and

(v)

the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

(c)

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner provided above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.

SECTION 11.6. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.5, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.2) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and any accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on, all the Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 11.7. Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

(a)

If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.5, the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment specified in such notice, the Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date.

(b)

Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and upon receipt thereof the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms.

(c)

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and any premium on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

ARTICLE XII

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 12.1. Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article XII, the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt.

SECTION 12.2. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

(a)

In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of any principal of or any premium or interest on any Senior Debt (following any grace period, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such default to the Company by the holders of such Senior Debt or any trustee therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on account of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption, repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

(b)

In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding described in clause (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a “Proceeding”), all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Securities on account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding a nd to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Debt  (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have been paid in full.

(c)

In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Securities and such other obligations. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

(d)

The Trustee and the Holders, at the expense of the Company, shall take such reasonable action  (including the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for any holders of Senior Debt or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect hereto) as may, in the opinion of counsel designated by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding, be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination effected by these provisions.

(e)

The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.

(f)

The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities, shall not be deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.

SECTION 12.3. Payment Permitted If No Default.

Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the pendency of the conditions described in paragraph (a) of Section 12.2 or of any Proceeding referred to in Section 12.2, from making payments at any time of principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or (b) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 12.8) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article XII, except as provid ed in Section 12.8.

SECTION 12.4. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until th e principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XII, and no payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

SECTION 12.5. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

The provisions of this Article XII are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt

on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security (or to the extent expressly provided herein, the holder of any Preferred Security) from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Inden ture, including filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XII of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

SECTION 12.6. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 12.7. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

(a)

No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(b)

Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this Section 12.7, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding, (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt, (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

SECTION 12.8. Notice to Trustee.

(a)

The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or

by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor; provided, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 12.8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of and any premium on or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything herein contained to th e contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

(b)

The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Articl e XII, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 12.9. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII.

SECTION 12.10.Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

SECTION 12.11.Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee’s Rights.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such of its obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XII, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  Nothing in this Article XII shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.6.

SECTION 12.12.Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article XII shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article XII in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, that Sections 12.8 and 12.11 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indenture by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

* * * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.
By:	/s/ Randoph C. Kohn
	Randoph C. Kohn Chief Executive Officer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
By:	/s/ W. Thomas Morris, II
	W. Thomas Morris, II Assistant Vice President

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

With respect to the Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1)

On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to an Interest Payment Date (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following interest payment period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2)

If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quota tions that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided that, if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3)

As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

Officer’s Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Executive Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 7.3(b) of the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the “Company”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee,  that, as of _______, 20__, the Company had the following ratios and balances:

BANK HOLDING COMPANY
As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]

Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets	%
Ratio of Double Leverage	%
Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO	%
Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets	%
Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans	%
Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans	%
Return on Average Assets (annualized)	%
Net Interest Margin (annualized)	%
Efficiency Ratio	%
Ratio of Loans to Assets	%
Ratio of Loans to Deposits	%
Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)	%
Total Assets	$ __________
Year to Date Income	$ __________

* A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is attached.

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END: Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended _______, 20___.]

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END: Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and [six/nine] month period ended _______, 20___.]

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of

the date, and for the [___ quarter interim] [annual] period ended _______, 20__, and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (expect as otherwise noted therein).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Certificate as of this _____ day of _____________, 20__

[name]

[title]

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.
36 Sea Island Pkwy

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907
Tel: (843) 522-1228

Financial Definitions

Report Item	Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line Item corresponding Schedules	Description of Calculation
Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets	BHCK7206 Schedule HC-R	Tier 1 Risk Ratio: Core Capital (Tier 1)/ Risk-Adjusted Assets
Ratio of Double Leverage	(BHCP0365)/(BCHCP3210) Schedule PC in the LP	Total equity investments in subsidiaries divided by the total equity capital. This field is calculated at the parent company level. “Subsidiaries” include bank, bank holding company, and non-bank subsidiaries.
Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO	(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507+BHCK2744/(BHCK2122+BHCK2744) Schedules HC-C, HC-M & HC-N	Total Nonperforming Assets (NPLs+Foreclosed Real Estate+Other Nonaccrual & Repossessed Assets)/Total Loans+Foreclosed Real Estate
Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets	(BHDM3210-BHCK3163)/(BHCK2170-BHCK3163) Schedule HC	(Equity Capital – Goodwill)/(Total Assets – Goodwill)
Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans	(BHCK3123+BHCK3128)/(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507) Schedules HC & HC-N & HC-R	Total Loan Loss and Allocated Transfer Risk Reserves/ Total Nonperforming Loans (Nonaccrual + Restructured)
Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans	(BHCK4635-BHCK4605)/(BHCK3516) Schedules HI-B & HC-K	Net charge offs for the period as a percentage of average loans.
Return on Average Assets (annualized)	(BHCK4340/BHCK3368) Schedules HI & HC-K	Net Income as a percentage of Assets.
Net Interest Margin (annualized)	(BHCK4519/(BHCK3515+BHCK3365+BHCK3516+BHCK3401+BHCKB985) Schedules HI Memorandum and HC-K	(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available/Average Earning Assets)
Efficiency Ratio	(BHCK4093)/(BHCK4519+BHCK4079) Schedule HI	(Non-interest Expense)/(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available, plus Non-interest Income)
Ratio of Loans to Assets	(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHCK2170) Schedule HC	Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Assets
Ratio of Loans to Deposits	(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHDM6631+BHDM6636+BHFN6631+BHFN6636) Schedule HC	Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Deposits (Includes Domestic and Foreign Deposits)

Report Item	Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line Item corresponding Schedules	Description of Calculation
Total Assets	(BHCK2170) Schedule HC	The sum of total assets. Includes cash and balances due from depository institutions; securities; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; loans and lease financing receivables; trading assets; premises and fixed assets; other real estate owned; investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies; customer’s liability on acceptances outstanding; intangible assets; and other assets.
Net Income	(BHCK4300) Schedule HI	The sum of income (loss)before extraordinary items and other adjustments and extraordinary items; and other adjustments, net of income taxes.

Exhibit B

FORM OF

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

UNDER

SECTION 10.3

Pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2006 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between Coastal Banking Company, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to the knowledge of the undersigned, the Company is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions contained in the Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Indenture), for the fiscal year ending on ________, 20__ [, except as follows: specify each such default and the nature and status thereof].

Capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Officers’ Certificate as of ___________, 20__.

Name:

Title:

[Must be the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a Vice President] of Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

Name:

Title: [Must be the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary] of Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

EX-4.7

Exhibit 4.7

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

among

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.,

as Depositor

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Property Trustee

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Delaware Trustee

and

THE ADMINISTRATIVE TRUSTEES NAMED HEREIN

as Administrative Trustees

________________

Dated as of June 30, 2006

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST II

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I.

Defined Terms

1

SECTION 1.1.

Definitions.

1

ARTICLE II.

The Trust

11

SECTION 2.1.

Name.

11

SECTION 2.2.

Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.

11

SECTION 2.3.

Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses.

11

SECTION 2.4.

Purposes of Trust.

11

SECTION 2.5.

Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

12

SECTION 2.6.

Assets of Trust.

14

SECTION 2.7.

Title to Trust Property.

15

ARTICLE III.

Payment Account; Paying Agents

15

SECTION 3.1.

Payment Account.

15

SECTION 3.2.

Appointment of Paying Agents.

15

ARTICLE IV.

Distributions; Redemption

16

SECTION 4.1.

Distributions.

16

SECTION 4.2.

Redemption.

17

SECTION 4.3.

Subordination of Common Securities.

20

SECTION 4.4.

Payment Procedures.

21

SECTION 4.5.

Withholding Tax.

21

SECTION 4.6.

Tax Returns and Other Reports.

21

SECTION 4.7.

Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust.

22

SECTION 4.8.

Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

22

SECTION 4.9.

Exchanges.

22

SECTION 4.10.

Calculation Agent.

23

SECTION 4.11.

Certain Accounting Matters.

23

ARTICLE V.

Securities

24

SECTION 5.1.

Initial Ownership.

24

SECTION 5.2.

Authorized Trust Securities.

24

SECTION 5.3.

Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes.

24

SECTION 5.4.

The Securities Certificates.

24

SECTION 5.5.

Rights of Holders.

25

SECTION 5.6.

Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

26

SECTION 5.7.

Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

27

SECTION 5.8.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates.

29

SECTION 5.9.

Persons Deemed Holders.

30

SECTION 5.10.

Cancellation.

30

SECTION 5.11.

Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.

30

SECTION 5.12.

Restricted Legends.

31

SECTION 5.13.

Form of Certificate of Authentication.

33

i

ARTICLE VI.

Meetings; Voting; Acts of Holders

34

SECTION 6.1.

Notice of Meetings.

34

SECTION 6.2.

Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities.

34

SECTION 6.3.

Voting Rights.

34

SECTION 6.4.

Proxies, Etc.

34

SECTION 6.5.

Holder Action by Written Consent.

35

SECTION 6.6.

Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

35

SECTION 6.7.

Acts of Holders.

35

SECTION 6.8.

Inspection of Records.

36

SECTION 6.9.

Limitations on Voting Rights.

36

SECTION 6.10.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults.

37

ARTICLE VII.

Representations and Warranties

39

SECTION 7.1.

Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.  39

SECTION 7.2.

Representations and Warranties of Depositor.

40

ARTICLE VIII.

The Trustees

41

SECTION 8.1.

Number of Trustees.

41

SECTION 8.2.

Property Trustee Required.

42

SECTION 8.3.

Delaware Trustee Required.

42

SECTION 8.4.

Appointment of Administrative Trustees.

42

SECTION 8.5.

Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees.

43

SECTION 8.6.

Notices of Defaults and Extensions.

44

SECTION 8.7.

Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

45

SECTION 8.8.

Delegation of Power.

47

SECTION 8.9.

May Hold Securities.

47

SECTION 8.10.

Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

47

SECTION 8.11.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

48

SECTION 8.12.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

50

SECTION 8.13.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

50

SECTION 8.14.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

50

SECTION 8.15.

Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

50

SECTION 8.16.

Reports to and from the Property Trustee.

51

ARTICLE IX.

Termination, Liquidation and Merger

52

SECTION 9.1.

Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

52

SECTION 9.2.

Early Termination.

52

SECTION 9.3.

Termination.

52

SECTION 9.4.

Liquidation.

53

SECTION 9.5.

Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust.

54

ARTICLE X.

Information to Purchaser

55

SECTION 10.1.

Depositor Obligations to Purchaser.

55

SECTION 10.2.

Property Trustee’s Obligations to Purchaser.

55

ARTICLE XI.

Miscellaneous Provisions

56

SECTION 11.1.

Limitation of Rights of Holders.

56

SECTION 11.2.

Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities.

56

SECTION 11.3.

Amendment.

56

SECTION 11.4.

Separability.

58

ii

SECTION 11.5.

Governing Law.

58

SECTION 11.6.

Successors.

58

SECTION 11.7.

Headings.

58

SECTION 11.8.

Reports, Notices and Demands.

58

SECTION 11.9.

Agreement Not to Petition.

59

Exhibit A

Certificate of Trust of Coastal Banking Company Trust II

Exhibit B

Form of Common Securities Certificate

Exhibit C

Form of Preferred Securities Certificate

Exhibit D

Junior Subordinated Indenture

Exhibit E

Form of Transferee Certificate to be Executed by Transferees other than QIBs

Exhibit F

Form of Transferor Certificate to be Executed by QIBs

Exhibit G

Form of Officer’s Financial Certificate

Exhibit H

Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Section 8.16(a)

Schedule A

Calculation of LIBOR

iii

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of June 30, 2006, among (i) Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (including any successors or permitted assigns, the “Depositor”), (ii) Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as property trustee (in such capacity, the “Property Trustee”), (iii) Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Delaware trustee (in such capacity, the “Delaware Trustee”), (iv) Randolph C. Kohn, an individual, James L. Pate, an individual, and W. Gary Horn, an individual, each of whose address is c/o Coastal Banking Company, Inc., 36 Sea Island Pkwy, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907, as administrative trustees (in such capacities, each an “Administrative Trustee” and, collectively, the “Administrative Trustees” and, together with the Prope rty Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, the “Trustees”) and (v) the several Holders, as hereinafter defined.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee have heretofore created a Delaware statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act by entering into a Trust Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2006 (the “Original Trust Agreement”), and by executing and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the Certificate of Trust, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A; and

WHEREAS, the Depositor and the Trustees desire to amend and restate the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein to provide for, among other things, (i) the issuance of the Common Securities by the Trust to the Depositor, (ii) the issuance and sale of the Preferred Securities by the Trust pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and (iii) the acquisition by the Trust from the Depositor of all of the right, title and interest in and to the Notes;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders, hereby amends and restates the Original Trust Agreement in its entirety and agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

SECTION 1.1.

Definitions.

For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)

the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

(b)

the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

1

(c)

all accounting terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles;

(d)

unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article”, a “Section”, a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” refers to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of or to this Trust Agreement;

(e)

the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Trust Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f)

a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g)

the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 6.7.

“Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Additional Interest Amount” means, with respect to Trust Securities of a given Liquidation Amount and/or a given period, the amount of Additional Interest paid by the Depositor on a Like Amount of Notes for such period.

“Additional Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Additional Tax Sums” has the meaning specified in Section 10.5 of the Indenture.

“Administrative Trustee” means each of the Persons identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in each such Person’s capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or any successor Administrative Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Applicable Depositary Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Book-Entry Preferred Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person:

2

(a)  the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises (i) judging such Person a bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjudication or composition of or in respect of such Person under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, (iii) appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property or (iv) ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(b)  the institution by such Person of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Bankruptcy Law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

“Bankruptcy Laws” means all Federal and state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws, including the United States Bankruptcy Code.

“Book-Entry Preferred Security” means a Preferred Security, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

“Business Day” means a day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (c) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office is closed for business.

“Calculation Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 10.4 of the Indenture.

“Capital Disqualification Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Closing Date” has the meaning specified in the Placement Agreement.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Common Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B.

3

“Common Security” means a common security of the Trust, denominated as such and representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the terms provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Property Trustee at which any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Trust Agreement is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention:  Corporate Capital Markets.

“Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates” means Preferred Securities issued in certificated, fully registered form that are not Global Preferred Securities.

“Delaware Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code § 3801 et seq., or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Delaware Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Delaware Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Depositary” means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Depositor or any successor thereto.  DTC will be the initial Depositary.

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

“Depositor” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Trust Agreement and any successors and permitted assigns.

“Depositor Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 4.9.

“Distribution Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(i).

“Distributions” means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in Section 4.1.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.

“Early Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 9.2.

“Equity Interests” means any of (a) the partnership interests (general or limited) in a partnership, (b) the membership interests in a limited liability company or (c) the shares or stock interests (both common stock and preferred stock) in a corporation.

4

“Event of Default” means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a)  the occurrence of a Note Event of Default; or

(b)  default by the Trust in the payment of any Distribution when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of such default for a period of thirty (30) days; or

(c)  default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

(d)  default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect of any covenant or warranty of the Trustees in this Trust Agreement (other than those specified in clause (b) or (c) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30) days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Trustees and to the Depositor by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e)  the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Property Trustee if a successor Property Trustee has not been appointed within ninety (90) days thereof.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

“Extension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(ii).

“Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the staff thereof, or a Federal Reserve Bank, acting through delegated authority, in each case under the rules, regulations and policies of the Federal Reserve System, or if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement any such entity is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it , any successor body performing similar duties or functions.

“Fiscal Year” shall be the fiscal year of the Trust, which shall be the calendar year, or such other period as is required by the Code.

“Global Preferred Security” means a Preferred Securities Certificate evidencing ownership of Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

“Guarantee Agreement” means the Guarantee Agreement executed and delivered by the Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, as guarantee trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement for the benefit of the holders of the Preferred Securities, as amended from time to time.

5

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Trust Security or Trust Securities are registered in the Securities Register; any such Person shall be a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning specified in Section 8.10(c).

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture executed and delivered by the Depositor and the Note Trustee contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Indenture Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2(c).

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Investment Company Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“LIBOR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

“Lien” means any lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, adverse ownership interest, hypothecation, assignment, security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever.

“Like Amount” means (a) with respect to a redemption of any Trust Securities, Trust Securities having a Liquidation Amount equal to the principal amount of Notes to be contemporaneously redeemed or paid at maturity in accordance with the Indenture, the proceeds of which will be used to pay the Redemption Price of such Trust Securities, (b) with respect to a distribution of Notes to Holders of Trust Securities in connection with a dissolution of the Trust, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Holder to whom such Notes are distributed and (c) with respect to any distribution of Additional Interest Amounts to Holders of Trust Securities, Notes having a principal amount equal to the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities in respect of which such distribution is made.

“Liquidation Amount” means the stated amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

“Liquidation Date” means the date on which assets are to be distributed to Holders in accordance with Section 9.4(a) hereunder following dissolution of the Trust.

“Liquidation Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d).

6

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means Preferred Securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all (or a specified group of) then Outstanding Preferred Securities.

“Note Event of Default” means any “Event of Default” specified in Section 5.1 of the Indenture.

“Note Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Notes to be redeemed under the Indenture, the date fixed for redemption of such Notes under the Indenture.

“Note Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Trustee” in the Indenture, solely in its capacity as Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Trustee appointed as provided in the Indenture.

“Notes” means the Depositor’s Junior Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture.

“Office of Thrift Supervision” means the Office of Thrift Supervision, as from time to time constituted or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Office is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or an Executive Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, of the Depositor, and delivered to the Trustees. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Trust Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 8.16(a)) shall include:

(a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate that such officer has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

(c) a statement that such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Operative Documents” means the Placement Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Notes and the Trust Securities.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for, or an employee of, the Depositor or any Affiliate of the Depositor.

7

“Original Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Trust Securities.

“Original Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Trust Agreement.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to any Trust Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Trust Securities theretofore executed and delivered under this Trust Agreement, except:

(a) Trust Securities theretofore canceled by the Property Trustee or delivered to the Property Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Trust Securities for which payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Property Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Trust Securities; provided, that if such Trust Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

(c) Trust Securities that have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Trust Securities have been executed and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Trust Agreement, unless proof satisfactory to the Property Trustee is presented that any such Trust Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Trust Securities are valid, legal and binding obligations of the Trust;

provided, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Preferred Securities owned by the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that (i) in determining whether any Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Preferred Securities that such Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded and (ii) the foregoing shall not apply at any time when all of the Outstanding Preferred Securities are owned by the Depositor, one or more of the Trustees and/or any such Affiliate. Preferred Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establis hes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Trustees the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Preferred Securities and that the pledgee is not the Depositor, any Trustee or any Affiliate of the Depositor or of any Trustee.

“Owner” means each Person who is the beneficial owner of Book-Entry Preferred Securities as reflected in the records of the Depositary or, if a Depositary Participant is not the beneficial owner, then the beneficial owner as reflected in the records of the Depositary Participant.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Administrative Trustees to pay Distributions or other amounts in respect of any Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust.

“Payment Account” means a segregated non-interest-bearing corporate trust account maintained by the Property Trustee for the benefit of the Holders in which all amounts paid in

8

respect of the Notes will be held and from which the Property Trustee, through the Paying Agent, shall make payments to the Holders in accordance with Sections 3.1, 4.1 and 4.2.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Placement Agent” means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Placement Agent pursuant to the Placement Agreement, whose address is 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

“Placement Agreement” means the Placement Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, executed and delivered by the Trust, the Depositor and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as placement agent.

“Preferred Security” means a preferred security of the Trust, denominated as such and representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having a Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the terms provided therefor in this Trust Agreement.

“Preferred Securities Certificate” means a certificate evidencing ownership of Preferred Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C.

“Property Trustee” means the Person identified as the “Property Trustee” in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Property Trustee appointed as herein provided.

“Purchaser” means TWE, Ltd., as purchaser of the Preferred Securities pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, whose address is c/o Maples Finance Limited, P.O. Box 1093 GT, Queensgate House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, Attention: The Directors.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Trust Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Trust Agreement; provided, that each Note Redemption Date and the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes shall be a Redemption Date for a Like Amount of Trust Securities.

“Redemption Price” means, with respect to any Trust Security, the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security, plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions to the Redemption Date, plus the related amount of the premium, if any, paid by the Depositor upon the concurrent redemption  or payment at maturity of a Like Amount of Notes.

“Reference Banks” has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

9

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Property Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Property Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Trust Agreement and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer of the Property Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Securities Certificate” means any one of the Common Securities Certificates or the Preferred Securities Certificates.

“Securities Register” and “Securities Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.7.

“Special Event Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 11.2 of the Indenture.

“Subscription Agreement” means the Preferred Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, by and among the Company, the Trust, the Purchaser and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (as to certain provisions thereof).

“Successor Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.5(a).

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1.1 of the Indenture.

“Trust” means the Delaware statutory trust known as “Coastal Banking Company Trust II,” which was created on June 28, 2006, under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act pursuant to the Original Trust Agreement and the filing of the Certificate of Trust, and continued pursuant to this Trust Agreement.

“Trust Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, including all Schedules and Exhibits (other than Exhibit D), as the same may be modified, amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof.

“Trustees” means the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each as defined in this Article I.

“Trust Property” means (a) the Notes, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Payment Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Property Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Trust Agreement.

“Trust Security” means any one of the Common Securities or the Preferred Securities.

10

ARTICLE II.

THE TRUST

SECTION 2.1.

Name.

The trust continued hereby shall be known as “Coastal Banking Company Trust II,” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders of Trust Securities and the other Trustees, in which name the Trustees may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

SECTION 2.2.

Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.

The address of the Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware is Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, or such other address in the State of Delaware as the Delaware Trustee may designate by written notice to the Holders, the Depositor, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. The principal executive office of the Trust is c/o Coastal Banking Company, Inc., 36 Sea Island Pkwy, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, as such address may be changed from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders and the other Trustees.

SECTION 2.3.

Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Fees, Costs and Expenses.

The Property Trustee acknowledges receipt from the Depositor in connection with the Original Trust Agreement of the sum of ten dollars ($10), which constituted the initial Trust Property. The Depositor shall pay all fees, costs and expenses of the Trust (except with respect to the Trust Securities) as they arise or shall, upon request of any Trustee, promptly reimburse such Trustee for any such fees, costs and expenses paid by such Trustee. The Depositor shall make no claim upon the Trust Property for the payment of such fees, costs or expenses.

SECTION 2.4.

Purposes of Trust.

(a)

The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are to (i) issue and sell Trust Securities and use the proceeds from such sale to acquire the Notes and (ii)  engage in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Delaware Trustee, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees are trustees of the Trust, and have all the rights, powers and duties to the extent set forth herein.  The Trustees hereby acknowledge that they are trustees of the Trust.

(b)

So long as this Trust Agreement remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Trust Agreement, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money

11

or issue any other debt, (iv) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a Lien on any of the Trust Property, (v) take or consent to any action that would reasonably be expected to cause (or, in the case of the Property Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to become taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (vi) take or consent to any action that would cause (or, in the case of the Property Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or (vii) take or consent to any action that would cause (or, in the case of the Property Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer would cause) the Trust to be deemed to be an “inves tment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

SECTION 2.5.

Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

(a)

The Trustees shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement. In accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Trustees to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees, under this Trust Agreement, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including the following:

(i)

As among the Trustees, each Administrative Trustee shall severally have the power, authority and authorization to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A)

the issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

(B)

to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust, such agreements, documents, instruments, certificates and other writings as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust, including, without limitation, a common securities subscription agreement and a junior subordinated note subscription agreement and to cause the Trust to perform the Placement Agreement and the Subscription Agreement;

(C)

assisting in the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws;

(D)

assisting in the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(E)

the appointment of a successor Paying Agent and Calculation Agent in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(F)

execution and delivery of the Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

12

(G)

execution and delivery of closing certificates, if any, pursuant to the Placement Agreement;

(H)

preparation and filing of all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed on behalf of the Trust;

(I)

establishing a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date to be established, except as provided in Section 6.10(a);

(J)

unless otherwise required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with the other Administrative Trustees) any documents and other writings that such Administrative Trustee has the power to execute pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

(K)

the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as such Administrative Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement.

(ii)

As among the Trustees, the Property Trustee shall have the power, authority and authorization to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A)

the receipt and holding of legal title of the Notes;

(B)

the establishment of the Payment Account;

(C)

the receipt of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of the Notes and the holding of such amounts in the Payment Account;

(D)

the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts distributable to the Holders in respect of the Trust Securities;

(E)

the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

(F)

the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Notes to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(G)

the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

(H)

to the extent provided in this Trust Agreement, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation of the Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

13

(I)

application for a taxpayer identification number for the Trust;

(J)

the authentication of the Preferred Securities as provided in this Trust Agreement; and

(K)

the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Property Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder).

(b)

In connection with the issue and sale of the Preferred Securities, the Depositor shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Depositor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Trust Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i)

the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement Agreement and the Subscription Agreement providing for the sale of the Preferred Securities in one or more transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities or blue sky laws; and

(ii)

the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

(c)

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, so that the Notes will be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes and so that the Trust will not be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the Investment Company Act. In this connection, each Administrative Trustee is authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this Trust Agreement, that such Administrative Trustee determines in his or her discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as long as such action does not adversely affect in an y material respect the interests of the Holders of the Outstanding Preferred Securities.  In no event shall the Administrative Trustees be liable to the Trust or the Holders for any failure to comply with this Section 2.5 to the extent that such failure results solely from a change in law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof.

(d)

Any action taken by a Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust.  In dealing with any Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of such Trustee to bind the Trust.  Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of any Trustee as set forth in this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 2.6.

Assets of Trust.

The assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.

14

SECTION 2.7.

Title to Trust Property.

(a)

Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Property Trustee and shall be held and administered by the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

(b)

The Holders shall not have any right or title to the Trust Property other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Trust Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

PAYMENT ACCOUNT; PAYING AGENTS

SECTION 3.1.

Payment Account.

(a)

On or prior to the Closing Date, the Property Trustee shall establish the Payment Account. The Property Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have exclusive control and sole right of withdrawal with respect to the Payment Account for the purpose of making deposits in and withdrawals from the Payment Account in accordance with this Trust Agreement. All monies and other property deposited or held from time to time in the Payment Account shall be held by the Property Trustee in the Payment Account for the exclusive benefit of the Holders and for Distribution as herein provided.

(b)

The Property Trustee shall deposit in the Payment Account, promptly upon receipt, all payments of principal of or interest on, and any other payments with respect to, the Notes. Amounts held in the Payment Account shall not be invested by the Property Trustee pending distribution thereof.

SECTION 3.2.

Appointment of Paying Agents.

The Property Trustee is appointed as the initial Paying Agent and hereby accepts such appointment. The Paying Agent shall make Distributions to Holders from the Payment Account and shall report the amounts of such Distributions to the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Payment Account solely for the purpose of making the Distributions referred to above. The Administrative Trustees may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent in their sole discretion. Any Person acting as Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee. If the Property Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent or a successor Paying Agent shall resign or its authority to act be revoked, the Administrative Trustees shall appoint a successor (whic h shall be a bank or trust company) to act as Paying Agent.  Such successor Paying Agent appointed by the Administrative Trustees shall execute and deliver to the Trustees an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustees that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Holders in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Holders. The Paying

15

Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Property Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Property Trustee. The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Property Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other Paying Agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Trust Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

ARTICLE IV.

DISTRIBUTIONS; REDEMPTION

SECTION 4.1.

Distributions.

(a)

The Trust Securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the Trust Property, and Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) will be made on the Trust Securities at the rate and on the dates that payments of interest (including any Additional Interest) are made on the Notes. Accordingly:

(i)

Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be cumulative, and shall accumulate whether or not there are funds of the Trust available for the payment of Distributions. Distributions shall accumulate from June 30, 2006, and, except as provided in clause (ii) below, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 30^th, June 30^th, September 30^th and December 30^th of each year, commencing on September 30, 2006.  If any date on which a Distribution is otherwise payable on the Trust Securities is not a Business Day, then the payment of such Distribution shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts  whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date (each date on which Distributions are payable in accordance with this Section 4.1(a)(i), a “Distribution Date”);

(ii)

in the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be deferred.  Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest on the Notes shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable).  No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011

16

and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60%, thereafter, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment.  If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates, to Holders of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

(iii)

Distributions shall accumulate in respect of the Trust Securities at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% of the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities through the Distribution Date in September, 2011 and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60%, of the Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities thereafter. LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with Schedule A. The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution period shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Distribution period.  The amount of Distributions payable for any period shall include any Additional Interest Amounts in respect of such period; and

(iv)

Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

(b)

Distributions on the Trust Securities with respect to a Distribution Date shall be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the Securities Register for the Trust Securities at the close of business on the relevant record date, which shall be at the close of business on the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) preceding the relevant Distribution Date.  Distributions payable on any Trust Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Date as a result of the Depositor having failed to make an interest payment under the Notes will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distributions and any Additional Interest Amounts will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the special record date, or other specified date for determining Holders entitled to such defaulted Distribution and Additional Interest Amount, established in the same manner, and on the same date, as such is established with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

SECTION 4.2.

Redemption.

(a)

On each Note Redemption Date and on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.

(b)

Notice of redemption shall be given by the Property Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Trust Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All notices of redemption shall state:

17

(i)

the Redemption Date;

(ii)

the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price provided pursuant to the Indenture, as calculated by the Depositor, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated by the Calculation Agent on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii)

if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective Liquidation Amounts) and Liquidation Amounts of the particular Trust Securities to be redeemed;

(iv)

that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Trust Security, or portion thereof, to be redeemed and that Distributions thereon will cease to accumulate on such Trust Security or such portion, as the case may be, on and after said date, except as provided in Section 4.2(d);

(v)

the place or places where the Trust Securities are to be surrendered for the payment of the Redemption Price; and

(vi)

such other provisions as the Property Trustee deems relevant.

(c)

The Trust Securities (or portion thereof) redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.  Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after September 30, 2011, in whole or in part, from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption (the “Indenture Redemption Price”); provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.  The Notes may also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Special Event Redemption Price (as set forth in the Indenture); provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

(d)

If the Property Trustee gives a notice of redemption in respect of any Preferred Securities, then by 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Depositor shall deposit sufficient funds with the Property Trustee to pay the Redemption Price.  If such deposit has been made by such time, then by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Property Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Preferred Securities, irrevocably deposit with the Depositary for such Book-Entry Preferred Securities, to the extent

18

available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give such Depositary irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities. With respect to Preferred Securities that are not Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee will irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Preferred Securities upon surrender of their Preferred Securities Certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such Trust Securities as they appear on the Securities Register on the rele vant record dates for the related Distribution Dates. If notice of redemption shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then upon the date of such deposit, all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities (or portion thereof) so called for redemption will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price and any Distribution payable in respect of the Trust Securities on or prior to the Redemption Date, but without interest, and, in the case of a partial redemption, the right of such Holders to receive a new Trust Security or Securities of authorized denominations, in aggregate Liquidation Amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Trust Security or Securities, and such Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption will cease to be Outstanding. In the event that any date on which any Redemption Price is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and no interest shall acc rue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after each such date until the next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on such date. In the event that payment of the Redemption Price in respect of any Trust Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, Distributions on such Trust Securities (or portion thereof) will continue to accumulate, as set forth in Section 4.1, from the Redemption Date originally established by the Trust for such Trust Securities (or portion thereof) to the date such Redemption Price is actually paid, in which case the actual payment date will be the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price .

(e)

Subject to Section 4.3(a), if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities to be redeemed shall be allocated pro rata to the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based upon the relative aggregate Liquidation Amounts of the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities.  The Preferred Securities to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis based upon their respective Liquidation Amounts not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Property Trustee from the Outstanding Preferred Securities not previously called for redemption; provided, however, that with respect to Holders that would be required to hold less than one hundred (100) but more than zero (0) Trust Securities as a result of such redemption, the Trust shall redeem Trust Securities of e ach such Holder so that after such redemption such Holder shall hold either one hundred (100) Trust Securities or such Holder no longer holds any Trust Securities, and shall use such method (including, without limitation, by lot) as the Trust shall deem fair and appropriate; and provided, further, that so long as the Preferred Securities are Book-Entry Preferred Securities, such selection shall be

19

made in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures for the Preferred Securities by such Depositary. The Property Trustee shall promptly notify the Securities Registrar in writing of the Preferred Securities (or portion thereof) selected for redemption and, in the case of any Preferred Securities selected for partial redemption, the Liquidation Amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Preferred Securities shall relate, in the case of any Preferred Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities that has been or is to be redeemed.

(f)

The Trust in issuing the Trust Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Property Trustee shall indicate the “CUSIP” numbers of the Trust Securities in notices of redemption and related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Trust Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and related materials.

SECTION 4.3.

Subordination of Common Securities.

(a)

Payment of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, the Redemption Price of and the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Trust Securities, as applicable, shall be made, pro rata among the Common Securities and the Preferred Securities based on the Liquidation Amount of the respective Trust Securities; provided, that if on any Distribution Date, Redemption Date or Liquidation Date an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no payment of any Distribution (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, Redemption Price of or Liquidation Distribution in respect of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of the redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on all Outstanding Preferred Securi ties for all Distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price on all Outstanding Preferred Securities then called for redemption, or in the case of payment of the Liquidation Distribution the full amount of such Liquidation Distribution on all Outstanding Preferred Securities, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Property Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts) on, or the Redemption Price of or the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Preferred Securities then due and payable.

(b)

In the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Holders of the Common Securities shall have no right to act with respect to any such Event of Default under this Trust Agreement until all such Events of Default with respect to the Preferred Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated. Until all such Events of Default under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities have been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the Property Trustee shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of the Preferred Securities and not on behalf of the Holders of the Common Securities, and only the Holders of all the Preferred Securities will have the right to direct the Property Trustee to act on their behalf.

20

SECTION 4.4.

Payment Procedures.

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Securities Register.  If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions thereon shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds. Payments in respect of the Common Securities shall be made in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the Property Tr ustee and the Holder of all the Common Securities.

SECTION 4.5.

Withholding Tax.

The Trust and the Administrative Trustees shall comply with all withholding and backup withholding tax requirements under United States federal, state and local law.  The Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall request, and the Holders shall provide to the Trust, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax with respect to each Holder and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding and backup withholding tax obligations.  The Administrative Trustees shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding and backup withholding tax is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applica ble jurisdictions.  To the extent that the Trust is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any jurisdiction with respect to Distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder.  In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction.  If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such required withholding.

SECTION 4.6.

Tax Returns and Other Reports.

(a)

The Administrative Trustees shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, at the Depositor’s expense, and file, all United States federal, state and local tax and information returns and reports required to be filed by or in respect of the Trust.  The Administrative Trustees shall prepare at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury regulations section 301.7701-7, and furnish (or cause to be prepared and furnished), by January 31 in each taxable year of the Trust to each Holder all Internal Revenue Service forms and returns required to be provided by the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall provide the Depositor and the Property Trustee with a copy of all such returns and reports promptly after such filing or fur nishing.

21

(b)

So long as the Property Trustee is the holder of the Notes, the Administrative Trustees will cause the Depositor’s reports on Form FR Y-9SP to be delivered to the Property Trustee promptly following their filing with the Federal Reserve.

SECTION 4.7.

Payment of Taxes, Duties, Etc. of the Trust.

Upon receipt under the Notes of Additional Tax Sums and upon the written direction of the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee shall promptly pay, solely out of monies on deposit pursuant to this Trust Agreement, any Additional Taxes imposed on the Trust by the United States or any other taxing authority.

SECTION 4.8.

Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

Any amount payable hereunder to any Holder of Preferred Securities shall be reduced by the amount of any corresponding payment such Holder (or any Owner with respect thereto) has directly received pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture or Section 6.10(b) of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 4.9.

Exchanges.

(a)

If at any time the Depositor or any of its Affiliates (in either case, a “Depositor Affiliate”) is the Owner or Holder of any Preferred Securities, such Depositor Affiliate shall have the right to deliver to the Property Trustee all or such portion of its Preferred Securities as it elects and, subject to compliance with Sections 2.2 and 3.5 of the Indenture, receive, in exchange therefor, a Like Amount of Notes.  Such election (i) shall be exercisable effective on any Distribution Date by such Depositor Affiliate delivering to the Property Trustee a written notice of such election specifying the Liquidation Amount of Preferred Securities with respect to which such election is being made and the Distribution Date on which such exchange shall occur, which Distribution Date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days after the date of receipt by the Property Trustee of such election notice and (ii) shall be conditioned upon such Depositor Affiliate having delivered or caused to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the Preferred Securities that are the subject of such election by 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the Distribution Date on which such exchange is to occur.  After the exchange, such Preferred Securities will be canceled and will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and all rights of the Depositor Affiliate with respect to such Preferred Securities will cease.

(b)

In the case of an exchange described in Section 4.9(a), the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust will, on the date of such exchange, exchange Notes having a principal amount equal to a proportional amount of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Common Securities, based on the ratio of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities exchanged pursuant to Section 4.9(a) divided by the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities Outstanding immediately prior to such exchange, for such proportional amount of Common Securities held by the Depositor (which contemporaneously shall be canceled and no longer be deemed to be Outstanding); provided, that the Depositor delivers or causes to be delivered to the Property Trustee or its designee the required amount of Common Securities to be exchanged by 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the Distribution Da te on which such exchange is to occur.

22

SECTION 4.10.

Calculation Agent.

(a)

The Property Trustee shall initially, and, subject to the immediately following sentence, for so long as it holds any of the Notes, be the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Distribution Date.  The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Administrative Trustees at any time.  If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Administrative Trustees, the Administrative Trustees will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in three-month U.S. dollar deposits in Europe and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Administrative Trustee or its Affiliates.  The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b)

The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate and dollar amount (rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Distribution Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Depositor, the Property Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Administrative Trustees the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Administrative Trustees before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either:  (i) it has determined or is in the proce ss of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor.  The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Distribution Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.  For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Trust Securities, “Business Day” shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

SECTION 4.11.

Certain Accounting Matters.

(a)

At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrative Trustees shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail each transaction of the Trust.  The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b)

The Administrative Trustees shall either (i) if the Depositor is then subject to such reporting requirements, cause each Form 10-K and Form 10-Q prepared by the Depositor and filed with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act to be delivered to each Holder, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof or (ii) cause to be prepared at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, and delivered to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Property Trustee, within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year,

23

annual financial statements of the Trust, including a balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related statements of income or loss.

(c)

The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Notes held by the Property Trustee shall be made directly to the Payment Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Payment Account.  The sole signatories for such accounts (including the Payment Account) shall be designated by the Property Trustee.

ARTICLE V.

SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1.

Initial Ownership.

Upon the creation of the Trust and the contribution by the Depositor referred to in Section 2.3 and until the issuance of the Trust Securities, and at any time during which no Trust Securities are Outstanding, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust.

SECTION 5.2.

Authorized Trust Securities.

The Trust shall be authorized to issue one series of Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $4,000,000 and one series of Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $124,000.

SECTION 5.3.

Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase of Notes.

On the Closing Date, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and deliver to the Depositor Common Securities Certificates, registered in the name of the Depositor, evidencing an aggregate of 124 Common Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $124,000, against receipt by the Trust of the aggregate purchase price of such Common Securities of $124,000. Contemporaneously therewith and with the sale by the Trust to the Holders of an aggregate of 4,000 Preferred Securities having an aggregate Liquidation Amount of $4,000,000, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall subscribe for and purchase from the Depositor Notes, to be registered in the name of the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust and having an aggregate principal amount equal to $4,124,000, and, in satisfaction of the purchase price for such Notes, the Property Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall del iver to the Depositor the sum of $4,124,000 (being the aggregate amount paid by the Holders for the Preferred Securities and the amount paid by the Depositor for the Common Securities).

SECTION 5.4.

The Securities Certificates.

(a)

The Preferred Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and the Common Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $10,000

24

Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Securities Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of at least one Administrative Trustee.  Securities Certificates bearing the signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign such Securities Certificates on behalf of the Trust shall be validly issued and entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the delivery of such Securities Certificates or did not have such authority at the date of delivery of such Securities Certificates.

(b)

On the Closing Date, upon the written order of an authorized officer of the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees shall cause Securities Certificates to be executed on behalf of the Trust and delivered, without further corporate action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations.

(c)

Preferred Securities issued on the Closing Date to QIBs shall be issued as directed by the Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date, either (i) in the form of one or more Global Preferred Securities or (ii) in the form of one or more Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates.  Global Preferred Securities shall be, except as provided in Section 5.6, Book-Entry Preferred Securities issued in the form of one or more Global Preferred Securities registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee and deposited with the Depositary or the Property Trustee as custodian for the Depositary for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the Depositary Participants thereof (or such other accounts as they may direct).  The Preferred Securities issued to a Person other than a QIB shall be issued in the form of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates.

(d)

A Preferred Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee.  Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Preferred Security has been authenticated under this Trust Agreement.  Upon written order of the Trust signed by one Administrative Trustee, the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Preferred Security Certificates evidencing the Preferred Securities for original issue.  The Property Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to authenticate the Preferred Securities.  A Common Security need not be so authenticated and shall be valid upon execution by one or more Administrative Trustees.  The form of this certificate of authentication can be found in Section 5.13.

(e)

Upon issuance of the Trust Securities as provided in this Trust Agreement, the Trust Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and each Holder thereof shall be entitled to the benefits provided by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 5.5.

Rights of Holders.

The Trust Securities shall have no, and the issuance of the Trust Securities is not subject to, preemptive or similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.  Except as provided in Section 5.11(b), the Holders of the Trust Securities, in their capacities as such, shall be entitled to

25

the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 5.6.

Book-Entry Preferred Securities.

(a)

A Global Preferred Security may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates registered in the names of the Owners only if such exchange complies with Section 5.7 and (i) the Depositary advises the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able properly to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Global Preferred Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Administrative Trustees within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Administrative Trustees fail to appoint a qualified successor within ninety (90) days of obtaining knowledge of such event, (iii) the Administrative Trustees at their option advise the Property Trustee in writing that the Trust elects to terminate t he book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) a Note Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Administrative Trustees shall notify the Depositary and instruct the Depositary to notify all Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to Owners of the Preferred Securities requesting the same. Upon the issuance of Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates, the Trustees shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates as Holders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security wishes at any time to transfer an interest in such Global Preferred Security to a Person other than a QIB, such transfer shall be effected, subject to the Applicable Depositary Procedures, in accorda nce with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7, and the transferee shall receive a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate in connection with such transfer.  A holder of a Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate that is a QIB may, upon request, and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.6 and Section 5.7, exchange such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate for a beneficial interest in a Global Preferred Security.

(b)

If any Global Preferred Security is to be exchanged for Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates or canceled in part, or if any Definitive Preferred Securities Certificate is to be exchanged in whole or in part for any Global Preferred Security, then either (i) such Global Preferred Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article V or (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount represented by such Global Preferred Security shall be reduced, subject to Section 5.4, or increased by an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by that portion of the Global Preferred Security to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the Liquidation Amount represented by such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates to be so exchanged for any Global Preferred Security, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the reco rds of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Property Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender to the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar of any Global Preferred Security or Securities by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of

26

them, shall execute the Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary, and the Property Trustee, upon receipt thereof, shall authenticate and deliver such Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates.  None of the Securities Registrar or the Trustees shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

(c)

Every Securities Certificate executed and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Preferred Security or any portion thereof shall be executed and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Preferred Security, unless such Securities Certificate is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Preferred Security or a nominee thereof.

(d)

The Depositary or its nominee, as registered owner of a Global Preferred Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Preferred Security for all purposes under this Trust Agreement and the Global Preferred Security, and Owners with respect to a Global Preferred Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. The Securities Registrar and the Trustees shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Trust Agreement relating to the Global Preferred Securities (including the payment of the Liquidation Amount of and Distributions on the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of instructions or directions by Owners of Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities represented thereby and shall have no obligations to the Owners thereof.  None of the Trustees nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(e)

The rights of the Owners of the Book-Entry Preferred Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law, the Applicable Depositary Procedures and agreements between such Owners and the Depositary and/or the Depositary Participants; provided, that, solely for the purpose of determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Preferred Securities have voted on any matter provided for in this Trust Agreement, to the extent that Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, any written instrument (including a proxy) delivered to the Property Trustee by the Depositary setting forth the Owners’ votes or assigning the right to vote on any matter to any other Persons either in whole or in part.  To the extent that Preferred Se curities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Depositary will make book-entry transfers among the Depositary Participants and receive and transmit payments on the Preferred Securities that are represented by a Global Preferred Security to such Depositary Participants, and none of the Depositor or the Trustees shall have any responsibility or obligation with respect thereto.

(f)

To the extent that a notice or other communication to the Holders is required under this Trust Agreement, for so long as Preferred Securities are represented by a Global Preferred Security, the Trustees shall give all such notices and communications to the Depositary, and shall have no obligations to the Owners.

SECTION 5.7.

Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

27

(a)

The Property Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept, at the Corporate Trust Office, a register or registers (the “Securities Register”) in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Trust Securities (the “Securities Registrar”), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Preferred Securities Certificates and Common Securities Certificates and registration of transfers and exchanges of Preferred Securities Certificates as herein provided. The Property Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar.  The provisions of Article VIII shall apply to the Property Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b)

Subject to Section 5.7(d), upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Preferred Securities Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f), the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and upon receipt thereof the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount as may be required by this Trust Agreement dated the date of execution by such Administrative Trustee or Trustees.  At the option of a Holder, Preferred Securities Certificates may be exchanged for other Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations and of a like aggregate Liquidation Amount upon surrender of the Preferred Securities Certificate to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.7(f).  Whenever any Preferred Securities Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute by manual or facsimile signature and deliver to the Property Trustee, and upon receipt thereof the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Preferred Securities Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(c)

The Securities Registrar shall not be required, (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of such Preferred Securities pursuant to Article IV and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Preferred Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Preferred Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(d)

Every Preferred Securities Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Securities Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and (i) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred otherwise than to a QIB, accompanied by a certificate of the transferee substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit E hereto or (ii) if such Preferred Securities Certificate is being transferred to a QIB, accompanied by a certificate of the transferor substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit F hereto.

(e)

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates, but the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Preferred Securities Certificates.

28

(f)

The Administrative Trustees shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Preferred Securities Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and initially designate the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Administrative Trustees shall give prompt written notice to the Depositor, the Property Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

(g)

With respect to Preferred Securities issued to QIBs in the form of one or more Definitive Preferred Securities Certificates as provided in Section 5.4(c), and any subsequent transfers thereof, the Depositor and the Trust shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to make such Preferred Securities eligible for clearance and settlement as Book-Entry Preferred Securities through the facilities of the Depositary and listed for trading through the PORTAL Market, and will execute, deliver and comply with all representations made to, and agreements with, the Depositary and the PORTAL Market in connection therewith.

SECTION 5.8.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities Certificates.

(a)

If any mutilated Securities Certificate shall be surrendered to the Securities Registrar together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees to save each of them harmless, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery and, with respect to Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee shall authenticate, in exchange therefor a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

(b)

If the Securities Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Securities Certificate and there shall be delivered to the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Securities Certificate shall have been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and make available for delivery, and, with respect to Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee shall authenticate, in exchange for or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificate, a new Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination.

(c)

In connection with the issuance of any new Securities Certificate under this Section 5.8, the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

(d)

Any duplicate Securities Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall constitute conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust corresponding to that evidenced by the mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Securities Certificate shall be found at any time.

(e)

If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificate has become or is about to become due and payable, the Depositor in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Trust Security, pay such Trust Security.

29

(f)

The provisions of this Section 5.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities Certificates.

SECTION 5.9.

Persons Deemed Holders.

The Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall each treat the Person in whose name any Securities Certificate shall be registered in the Securities Register as the owner of the Trust Securities evidenced by such Securities Certificate for the purpose of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 5.10.

Cancellation.

All Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Property Trustee, be delivered to the Property Trustee, and any such Preferred Securities Certificates and Preferred Securities Certificates surrendered directly to the Property Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it.  The Administrative Trustees may at any time deliver to the Property Trustee for cancellation any Preferred Securities Certificates previously delivered hereunder that the Administrative Trustees may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Preferred Securities Certificates so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Property Trustee.  No Preferred Securities Certificates shall be executed and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Preferred Securities Certificates canceled as provided in this Section 5.10, except as expressly permitted by this Trust Agreement.  All canceled Preferred Securities Certificates shall be disposed of by the Property Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Property Trustee shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees a certificate of such disposition.

SECTION 5.11.

Ownership of Common Securities by Depositor.

(a)

On the Closing Date, the Depositor shall acquire, and thereafter shall retain, beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities. Neither the Depositor nor any successor Holder of the Common Securities may transfer less than all the Common Securities, and the Depositor or any such successor Holder may transfer the Common Securities only (i) in connection with a consolidation or merger of the Depositor into another Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Depositor of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person (in which event such Common Securities will be transferred to such surviving entity, transferee or lessee, as the case may be), pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Indenture or (ii) to the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor, in each such case in compliance with applicable law (including the Securities Act, and applicable state securitie s and blue sky laws). To the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer of the Common Securities other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be void. The Administrative Trustees shall cause each Common Securities Certificate issued to the Depositor to contain a legend stating substantially “THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.”

30

(b)

Any Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for the debts and obligations of the Trust in the manner and to the extent set forth herein with respect to the Depositor and agrees that it shall be subject to all liabilities to which the Depositor may be subject and, prior to becoming such a Holder, shall deliver to the Administrative Trustees an instrument of assumption satisfactory to such Trustees.

SECTION 5.12.

Restricted Legends.

(a)

Each Preferred Security Certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR PREFERRED SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST II OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

31

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION O F THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,  IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF THE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF OR DISTRIBUTIONS ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY

32

REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOY EE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.”

(b)

The above legend shall not be removed from any of the Preferred Securities Certificates unless there is delivered to the Property Trustee and the Depositor satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under or violation of the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, one or more of the Administrative Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall execute and deliver to the Property Trustee, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, at the written direction of the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, Preferred Securities Certificates that do not bear the legend.

SECTION 5.13.

Form of Certificate of Authentication.

The Property Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

33

This represents Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

Dated:	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
	By:
		Authorized officer

ARTICLE VI.

MEETINGS; VOTING; ACTS OF HOLDERS

SECTION 6.1.

Notice of Meetings.

Notice of all meetings of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 11.8 to each Holder of Preferred Securities, at such Holder’s registered address, at least fifteen (15) days and not more than ninety (90) days before the meeting. At any such meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be so considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

SECTION 6.2.

Meetings of Holders of the Preferred Securities.

(a)

No annual meeting of Holders is required to be held. The Property Trustee, however, shall call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matter upon the written request of the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Preferred Securities and the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee may, at any time in their discretion, call a meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities to vote on any matters as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

(b)

The Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Holders of the Preferred Securities.

(c)

If a quorum is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote by the Holders present, in person or by proxy, holding Preferred Securities representing at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities held by the Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting shall constitute the action of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, unless this Trust Agreement requires a lesser or greater number of affirmative votes.

34

SECTION 6.3.

Voting Rights.

Holders shall be entitled to one vote for each $10,000 of Liquidation Amount represented by their Outstanding Trust Securities in respect of any matter as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

SECTION 6.4.

Proxies, Etc.

At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided, that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Administrative Trustees, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Administrative Trustees may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of the Property Trustee, proxies may be solicited in the name of the Property Trustee or one or more officers of the Property Trustee. Only Holders of record shall be entitled to vote. When Trust Securities are held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Trust Securities, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote sha ll not be received in respect of such Trust Securities. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. No proxy shall be valid more than three years after its date of execution.

SECTION 6.5.

Holder Action by Written Consent.

Any action that may be taken by Holders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if Holders holding at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of all Preferred Securities entitled to vote in respect of such action (or such lesser or greater proportion thereof as shall be required by any other provision of this Trust Agreement) shall consent to the action in writing; provided, that notice of such action is promptly provided to the Holders of Preferred Securities that did not consent to such action.  Any action that may be taken by the Holders of all the Common Securities may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if such Holders shall consent to the action in writing.

SECTION 6.6.

Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

Except as provided in Section 6.10(a), for the purposes of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting or to act by written consent, or to participate in any distribution on the Trust Securities in respect of which a record date is not otherwise provided for in this Trust Agreement, or for the purpose of any other action, the Administrative Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of a Distribution or other action, as the case may be, as a record date for the determination of the identity of the Holders of record for such purposes.

SECTION 6.7.

Acts of Holders.

(a)

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Trust Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders

35

may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to an Administrative Trustee. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Trust Agreement and conclusive in favor of the Trustees, if made in the manner provided in this Section 6.7.

(b)

The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that any Trustee receiving the same deems sufficient.

(c)

The ownership of Trust Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d)

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Trust Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Trust Security and the Holder of every Trust Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustees, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

(e)

Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Trust Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such Liquidation Amount.

(f)

If any dispute shall arise among the Holders or the Trustees with respect to the authenticity, validity or binding nature of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of such Holder or Trustee under this Article VI, then the determination of such matter by the Property Trustee shall be conclusive with respect to such matter.

SECTION 6.8.

Inspection of Records.

Upon reasonable written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee, the records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by any Holder during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Holder’s interest as a Holder.

36

SECTION 6.9.

Limitations on Voting Rights.

(a)

Except as expressly provided in this Trust Agreement and in the Indenture and as otherwise required by law, no Holder of Preferred Securities shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the administration, operation and management of the Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Securities Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Holders from time to time as partners or members of an association.

(b)

So long as any Notes are held by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Property Trustee shall not (i) direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Note Trustee, or exercise any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with respect to the Notes, (ii) waive any past default that may be waived under Section 5.13 of the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Notes shall be due and payable or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Notes, where such consent shall be required, without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities; provided, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of each holder of Notes (or each Holder of Preferred Securities) affected thereby, no such consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior written consent of each Holder of Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, except by a subsequent vote of the Holders of the Preferred Securities.  In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, prior to taking any of the foregoing actions, the Property Trustee shall, at the expense of the Depositor, obtain an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such action shall not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

(c)

If any proposed amendment to the Trust Agreement provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Preferred Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Trust Agreement or otherwise or (ii) the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust, other than pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement, then the Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities as a class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no amendment to this Trust Agreement may be made if, as a result of such amendment, it would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 6.10.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission of Annulment; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a)

For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, if, upon a Note Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture, the Note Trustee fails or the holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in principal

37

amount of the outstanding Notes fail to declare the principal of all of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities then Outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee.  At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Note Trustee as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee, the Depositor and the Note Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i)

the Depositor has paid or deposited with the Note Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A)

all overdue installments of interest on all of the Notes;

(B)

any accrued Additional Interest on all of the Notes;

(C)

the principal of and premium, if any, on any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(D)

all sums paid or advanced by the Note Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Note Trustee, the Property Trustee and their agents and counsel; and

(ii)

all Note Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 of the Indenture.

Upon receipt by the Property Trustee of written notice requesting such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Preferred Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Preferred Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is ninety (90) days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or r escission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.10(a).

38

(b)

For so long as any Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement and the Indenture, upon a Note Event of Default specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture, any Holder of Preferred Securities shall have the right to institute a proceeding directly against the Depositor, pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Indenture, for enforcement of payment to such Holder of any amounts payable in respect of Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities of such Holder.  Except as set forth in Section 6.10(a) and this Section 6.10(b), the Holders of Preferred Securities shall have no right to exercise directly any right or remedy available to the holders of, or in respect of, the Notes.

(c)

Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10, the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any Note Event of Default, except any Note Event of Default arising from the failure to pay any principal of or premium, if any, or interest on (including any Additional Interest) the Notes (unless such Note Event of Default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and all principal and premium, if any, on all Notes due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Note Trustee) or a Note Event of Default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note.  Upon any such waiver, such Note Event of Default shall cease to e xist and any Note Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall affect any subsequent Note Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d)

Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.10 and subject to paragraph (c), the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Preferred Securities, waive any Event of Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Trust Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(e)

The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee in respect of this Trust Agreement or the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement; provided, that, subject to Sections 8.5 and 8.7, the Property Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Property Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Property Trustee in good faith shall, by an officer or officers of the Property Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not party to such direction, and provided, fu rther, that nothing in this Trust Agreement shall impair the right of the Property Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Property Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction.

39

ARTICLE VII.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 7.1.

Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each severally on behalf of and as to itself, hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Depositor and the Holders that:

(a)

the Property Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation with trust powers, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(b)

the Property Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c)

the Delaware Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation, duly organized with trust powers, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware;

(d)

the Delaware Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(e)

this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of each of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(f)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the Charter or By-laws of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation of the United States or the State of Delaware, as the case may be, governing the banking and trust powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee;

(g)

neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with

40

respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law of the United States or the State of Delaware governing the banking and trust powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be; and

(h)

to the best of each of the Property Trustee’s and the Delaware Trustee’s knowledge, there are no proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations as one of the Trustees under this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 7.2.

Representations and Warranties of Depositor.

The Depositor hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Holders that:

(a)

the Depositor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation;

(b)

the Depositor has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c)

this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Depositor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Depositor enforceable against the Depositor in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity;

(d)

the Securities Certificates issued at the Closing Date on behalf of the Trust have been duly authorized and will have been duly and validly executed, issued and delivered by the applicable Trustees pursuant to the terms and provisions of, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Trust Agreement and the Holders will be, as of such date, entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement;

(e)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Depositor and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Depositor and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational documents) of the Depositor or (ii) violate any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Depositor or any material portion of its property;

(f)

neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Depositor of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Depositor contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law governing the Depositor or any material portion of its property; and

41

(g)

there are no proceedings pending or, to the best of the Depositor’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Depositor or any material portion of its property in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Depositor, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII.

THE TRUSTEES

SECTION 8.1.

Number of Trustees.

The number of Trustees shall be five (5), provided, that the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person, in which case the number of Trustees shall be four (4).  The number of Trustees may be increased or decreased by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities subject to Sections 8.2, 8.3, and 8.4.  The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust.

SECTION 8.2.

Property Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Property Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and having an office within the United States.  If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 8.2, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Property Trustee shall cease to be eligible in a ccordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.3.

Delaware Trustee Required.

(a)

If required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, there shall at all times be a Delaware Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities. The Delaware Trustee shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21 years of age and a resident of the State of Delaware or (ii) a legal entity that has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, otherwise meets the requirements of applicable Delaware law and shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind such entity.  If at any time the Delaware Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.3, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII.

(b)

The Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities, of the Property Trustee or the

42

Administrative Trustees set forth herein. The Delaware Trustee shall be one of the trustees of the Trust for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of Section 3807 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and for taking such actions as are required to be taken by a Delaware trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.  The duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (a) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and (b) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware that the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Delaware Trustee.

SECTION 8.4.

Appointment of Administrative Trustees.

(a)

There shall at all times be one or more Administrative Trustees hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. Each Administrative Trustee shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind that entity.  Each of the individuals identified as an “Administrative Trustee” in the preamble of this Trust Agreement hereby accepts his or her appointment as such.

(b)

Except where a requirement for action by a specific number of Administrative Trustees is expressly set forth in this Trust Agreement, any act required or permitted to be taken by, and any power of the Administrative Trustees may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrative Trustee.  Whenever a vacancy in the number of Administrative Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of an Administrative Trustee in accordance with Section 8.11, the Administrative Trustees in office, regardless of their number (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement), shall have all the powers granted to the Administrative Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Administrative Trustees by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.5.

Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees.

(a)

The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Trustees shall be as provided by this Trust Agreement and there shall be no other duties (including fiduciary duties) or obligations, express or implied, at law or in equity, of the Trustees; provided, however, that if an Event of Default known to the Property Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Trust Agreement shall require any of the Trustees to expend or risk its ow n funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its or their rights or powers, if it or they shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Trust Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.5. To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee has duties and liabilities

43

relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The provisions of this Trust Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustees otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Depositor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustees.

(b)

All payments made by the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Trust Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable in respect of any Trust Security or for any other liability in respect of any Trust Security. This Section 8.5(b) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Trust Agreement.

(c)

No provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Property Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i)

the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Property Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Property Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii)

the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee hereunder or under the Indenture, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iii)

the Property Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Notes and the Payment Account shall be to deal with such Property in a similar manner as the Property Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iv)

the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it; and money held by the Property Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Payment Account maintained by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1 and except to the extent otherwise required by law; and

(v)

the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrative Trustees or the Depositor with their respective duties

44

under this Trust Agreement, nor shall the Property Trustee be liable for the default or misconduct of any other Trustee or the Depositor.

SECTION 8.6.

Notices of Defaults and Extensions.

(a)

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default actually known to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall transmit notice of such default to the Holders, the Administrative Trustees and the Depositor, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Trust Security, the Property Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Property Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Trust Securities.  For the purpose of this Section 8.6, the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

(b)

Within three (3) Business Days after the receipt of written notice of the Depositor’s exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, the Property Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 11.8, notice of such exercise to the Holders and the Administrative Trustees, unless such exercise shall have been revoked.

(c)

The Property Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless the Property Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Depositor, any Administrative Trustee or any Holder or unless a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee shall have obtained actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default.

(d)

The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Preferred Securities of any notice of default received with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 8.7.

Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5:

(a)

the Property Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)

if (i) in performing its duties under this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee finds a provision ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Property Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Trust Agreement, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of

45

the Preferred Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Depositor requesting the Depositor’s written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Property Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Depositor; provided, that if the Property Trustee does not receive such instructions of the Depositor within ten (10) Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice, the Property Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Property Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c)

any direction or act of the Depositor contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise expressly provided herein;

(d)

any direction or act of an Administrative Trustee contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by a certificate executed by such Administrative Trustee and setting forth such direction or act;

(e)

the Property Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any re-recording, re-filing or re-registration thereof;

(f)

the Property Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Property Trustee, the Depositor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Trust Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g)

the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Trust Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Property Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Property Trustee;

(h)

the Property Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Property Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Property Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Depositor, personally or by agent or attorney;

46

(i)

the Property Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for any negligence or misconduct on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(j)

whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Property Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(k)

except as otherwise expressly provided by this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Trust Agreement;

(l)

without prejudice to any other rights available to the Property Trustee under applicable law, when the Property Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law or law relating to creditors rights generally; and

(m)

whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Property Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely on an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Depositor.

No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on any Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which such Person shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.

SECTION 8.8.

Delegation of Power.

Any Trustee may, by power of attorney or otherwise delegate to any other Person its, his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.5.  The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to the Depositor the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

47

SECTION 8.9.

May Hold Securities.

Any Trustee or any other agent of any Trustee or the Trust, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Trust Securities and except as provided in the definition of the term “Outstanding” in Article I, may otherwise deal with the Trust with the same rights it would have if it were not a Trustee or such other agent.

SECTION 8.10.

Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

The Depositor agrees:

(a)

to pay to the Trustees from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as may be agreed by the Depositor and the Trustees from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(b)

to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Trust Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to their gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(c)

to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Trustee (including in its individual capacity), (ii) any Affiliate of any Trustee, (iii) any officer, director, shareholder, employee, representative or agent of any Trustee or any Affiliate of any Trustee and (iv) any employee or agent of the Trust (referred to herein as an “Indemnified Person”) from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 8.10(a) or (b) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Trust hereunder, including the advancement of funds to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself agains t any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The Trust shall have no payment, reimbursement or indemnity obligations to the Trustees under this Section 8.10.  The provisions of this Section 8.10 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement and the earlier removal or resignation of any Trustee.

No Trustee may claim any Lien on any Trust Property whether before or after termination of the Trust as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.10.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, in no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

In no event shall the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its

48

control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.11.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a)

No resignation or removal of any Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.

(b)

A Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Depositor and, in the case of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, to the Holders.

(c)

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at any time by Act of the Holder of Common Securities.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed (with or without cause) at such time by Act of the Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, delivered to the removed Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust).  An Administrative Trustee may be removed (with or without cause) only by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities at any time.

(d)

If any Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Trustee, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of any Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities, by Act of the Holder of the Common Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.  If the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of continuing to act as the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders of the Preferred Securities, by Act of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee, and such successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the retiring Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.  If an Administrative Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting as Administrative Trustee, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holder of the Common Securities by Act of the Holder of Common Securities shall promptly appoint a successor Administrative Trustee and such successor Administrative Trustee and the retiring Administrative Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.12.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holder of the Common Securities or Holders of the Preferred Securities, as the case may be, and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 8.12 within thirty (30) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by a Trustee, the r emoval of a Trustee, or a Trustee becoming incapable of acting as such Trustee, any Holder who has been a Holder of Preferred Securities for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee

49

may, in each case, at the expense of the Depositor, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)

The Depositor shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee and each appointment of a successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 11.8.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Property Trustee.

(f)

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Trust Agreement, in the event any Administrative Trustee or a Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or becomes, in the opinion of the Holder of Common Securities, incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by (i) the unanimous act of the remaining Administrative Trustees if there are at least two of them or (ii) otherwise by the Holder of the Common Securities (with the successor in each case being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for Administrative Trustees or Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4).

(g)

Upon the appointment of a successor Delaware Trustee, such successor Delaware Trustee shall file a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 8.12.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a)

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Depositor and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Trustee such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust.

(b)

Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Trust (or the retiring Trustee if requested by the Depositor) shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the preceding paragraph.

(c)

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.13.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of such Trustee, shall be the successor of such

50

Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.14.

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Trust and the Depositor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustees make no representations as to the title to, or value or condition of, the property of the Trust or any part thereof, nor as to the validity or sufficiency of this Trust Agreement, the Notes or the Trust Securities.  The Trustees shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Depositor of the proceeds of the Notes.

SECTION 8.15.

Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

(a)

In case of any Bankruptcy Event (or event that with the passage of time would become a Bankruptcy Event) relative to the Trust or any other obligor upon the Trust Securities or the property of the Trust or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Property Trustee (irrespective of whether any Distributions on the Trust Securities shall then be due and payable and irrespective of whether the Property Trustee shall have made any demand on the Trust for the payment of any past due Distributions) shall be entitled and empowered, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i)

to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions owing and unpaid in respect of the Trust Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Property Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii)

to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Property Trustee and, in the event the Property Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Property Trustee first any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

(b)

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Property Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or compensation affecting the Trust Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Property Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

51

SECTION 8.16.

Reports to and from the Property Trustee.

(a)

The Depositor and the Administrative Trustees shall deliver to the Property Trustee, not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H) covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Trust Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

(b)

The Depositor shall furnish to (i) the Property Trustee, (ii) the Purchaser, (iii) any Owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Depositor or the Trust (which identification may be made either by such Owner or by the Placement Agent or the Purchaser) and (iv) any designee of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a duly completed and executed certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, including the financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Depositor not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Depositor and not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Depositor.

(c)

The Property Trustee shall receive all reports, certificates and information, which it is entitled to obtain under each of the Operative Documents, and deliver to (i) the Purchaser, (ii) the Placement Agent and (iii) a designee of (i) or (ii) above as identified in writing to the Property Trustee, copies of all such reports, certificates or information promptly upon receipt thereof.

ARTICLE IX.

TERMINATION, LIQUIDATION AND MERGER

SECTION 9.1.

Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

Unless earlier dissolved, the Trust shall automatically dissolve on September 30, 2041 (the “Expiration Date”), and the Trust Property shall be liquidated in accordance with Section 9.4.

SECTION 9.2.

Early Termination.

The first to occur of any of the following events is an “Early Termination Event”, upon the occurrence of which the Trust shall be dissolved:

(a)

the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event in respect of, or the dissolution or liquidation of, the Depositor, in its capacity as the Holder of the Common Securities, unless the Depositor shall have transferred the Common Securities as provided by Section 5.11, in which case this provision shall refer instead to any such successor Holder of the Common Securities;

52

(b)

the written direction to the Property Trustee from the Holder of the Common Securities at any time to dissolve the Trust and, after satisfaction of any liabilities of the Trust as required by applicable law, to distribute the Notes to Holders in exchange for the Preferred Securities (which direction is optional and wholly within the discretion of the Holder of the Common Securities), provided, that the Holder of the Common Securities shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required;

(c)

the redemption of all of the Preferred Securities in connection with the payment at maturity or redemption of all the Notes; and

(d)

the entry of an order for dissolution of the Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.3.

Termination.

The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Trust shall terminate upon the latest to occur of the following: (a) the distribution by the Property Trustee to Holders of all amounts required to be distributed hereunder upon the liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.4, or upon the redemption of all of the Trust Securities pursuant to Section 4.2; (b) the satisfaction of any expenses owed by the Trust; and (c) the discharge of all administrative duties of the Administrative Trustees, including the performance of any tax reporting obligations with respect to the Trust or the Holders.

SECTION 9.4.

Liquidation.

(a)

If an Early Termination Event specified in Section 9.2(a), (b) or (d) occurs or upon the Expiration Date, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Property Trustee as expeditiously as the Property Trustee shall determine to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to each Holder a Like Amount of Notes, subject to Section 9.4(d). Notice of liquidation shall be given by the Property Trustee not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Liquidation Date to each Holder of Trust Securities at such Holder’s address appearing in the Securities Register. All such notices of liquidation shall:

(i)

state the Liquidation Date;

(ii)

state that from and after the Liquidation Date, the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and (subject to Section 9.4(d)) any Securities Certificates not surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes; and

(iii)

provide such information with respect to the mechanics by which Holders may exchange Securities Certificates for Notes, or if Section 9.4(d) applies, receive a Liquidation Distribution, as the Property Trustee shall deem appropriate.

(b)

Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, in order to effect the liquidation of the Trust and distribution of the Notes to Holders, the Property Trustee, either itself acting as exchange agent or through the appointment of a separate exchange agent, shall establish a

53

record date for such distribution (which shall not be more than forty-five (45) days prior to the Liquidation Date nor prior to the date on which notice of such liquidation is given to the Holders) and establish such procedures as it shall deem appropriate to effect the distribution of Notes in exchange for the Outstanding Securities Certificates.

(c)

Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, after the Liquidation Date, (i) the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding, (ii) certificates representing a Like Amount of Notes will be issued to Holders of Securities Certificates, upon surrender of such Certificates to the exchange agent for exchange, (iii) the Depositor shall use its best efforts to have the Notes listed on the New York Stock Exchange or on such other exchange, interdealer quotation system or self-regulatory organization on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any, (iv) Securities Certificates not so surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Notes bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accumulated and unpaid Distributions on such Securities Certificates until such certificates are so surrendered (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal will be made to Holders of Securities Certificates with respect to such Notes) and (v) all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Notes upon surrender of Securities Certificates.

(d)

Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.4, if distribution of the Notes in the manner provided herein is determined by the Property Trustee not to be permitted or practical, the Trust Property shall be liquidated, and the Trust shall be wound up by the Property Trustee in such manner as the Property Trustee determines.  In such event, Holders will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, an amount equal to the Liquidation Amount per Trust Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”). If, upon any such winding up the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable by the Trust on the Trust Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis (based upon Liquidation Amounts). The Holder of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive Liquidation Distributions upon any such winding up pro rata (based upon Liquidation Amounts) with Holders of all Trust Securities, except that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Preferred Securities shall have a priority over the Common Securities as provided in Section 4.3.

SECTION 9.5.

Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust.

The Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to, any Person except pursuant to this Article IX. At the request of the Holders of the Common Securities, without the consent of the Holders of the Preferred Securities, the Trust may merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any State; provided, that:

54

(a)

such successor entity either (i) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Preferred Securities or (ii) substitutes for the Preferred Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Preferred Securities (such other Securities, the “Successor Securities”) so long as the Successor Securities have the same priority as the Preferred Securities with respect to distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

(b)

a trustee of such successor entity possessing substantially the same powers and duties as the Property Trustee is appointed to hold the Notes;

(c)

if the Preferred Securities or the Notes are rated, such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Preferred Securities or the Notes (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that then assigns a rating to the Preferred Securities or the Notes;

(d)

the Preferred Securities are listed, or any Successor Securities will be listed upon notice of issuance, on any national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Preferred Securities are then listed, if any;

(e)

such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

(f)

such successor entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

(g)

prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Depositor has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect; (ii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor such successor entity will be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act and (iii) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Trust (or the successor entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

(h)

the Depositor or its permitted transferee owns all of the common securities of such successor entity and guarantees the obligations of such successor entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of all of the Preferred Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace, the Trust if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or the successor entity to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a

55

grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or cause the Notes to be treated as other than indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE X.

INFORMATION TO PURCHASER

SECTION 10.1.

Depositor Obligations to Purchaser.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Depositor shall furnish to (a) the Purchaser, (b) any Owner of the Preferred Securities reasonably identified to the Depositor or the Trust (which identification may be made either by such Owner or by the Placement Agent or the Purchaser) and (c) any designee of (a) or (b) above, copies of all correspondence, notices, forms, filings, reports and other documents required to be provided by the Depositor, whether acting through an Administrative Trustee or otherwise, to the Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee under this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 10.2.

Property Trustee’s Obligations to Purchaser.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Property Trustee shall furnish to (a) the Purchaser, (b) the Placement Agent and (c) a designee of (a) or (b) above as identified in writing to the Property Trustee, copies of all (i) correspondence, notices, forms, filings, reports and other documents received by the Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee from the Depositor, whether acting through an Administrative Trustee or otherwise, under this Trust Agreement, and (ii) all correspondence, notices, forms, filings, reports and other documents required to be provided to the Depositor or a Holder by the Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee under this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1.

Limitation of Rights of Holders.

Except as set forth in Section 9.2, the death, bankruptcy, termination, dissolution or incapacity of any Person having an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in Trust Securities shall not operate to terminate this Trust Agreement, nor annul, dissolve or terminate the Trust nor entitle the legal representatives or heirs of such Person or any Holder for such Person, to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the arrangements contemplated hereby, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

SECTION 11.2.

Agreed Tax Treatment of Trust and Trust Securities.

The parties hereto and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Trust Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, such Trust Security intend and agree to treat the Trust as a grantor trust for United States federal, state and

56

local tax purposes, and to treat the Trust Securities (including all payments and proceeds with respect to such Trust Securities) as undivided beneficial ownership interests in the Trust Property (and payments and proceeds therefrom, respectively) for United States federal, state and local tax purposes and to treat the Notes as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal, state and local tax purposes.  The provisions of this Trust Agreement shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 11.3.

Amendment.

(a)

This Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all the Common Securities, without the consent of any Holder of the Preferred Securities, (i) to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Trust Agreement, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Trust Agreement, (ii) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of this Trust Agreement to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trust will neither be taxable as a corporation nor be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes at all times that any Trust Securities are Outstanding or to ensure that the Notes are treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes, or to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or (iii) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Depositor; provided, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holder.

(b)

Except as provided in Section 11.3(c), any provision of this Trust Agreement may be amended by the Property Trustee, the Administrative Trustees and the Holder of all of the Common Securities and with (i) the consent of Holders of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities and (ii) receipt by the Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment or the exercise of any power granted to the Trustees in accordance with such amendment will not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or affect the Trust’s exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.< /P>

(c)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, without the consent of each Holder, this Trust Agreement may not be amended to (i) change the accrual rate, amount, currency or timing of any Distribution on or the redemption price of the Trust Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution or other payment required to be made in respect of the Trust Securities as of a specified date, (ii) restrict or impair the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, (iii) reduce the percentage of aggregate Liquidation Amount of Outstanding Preferred Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Trust Agreement or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Trust Agr eement; (iv) impair or adversely affect the rights and interests of the Holders in the Trust

57

Property, or permit the creation of any Lien on any portion of the Trust Property; or (v) modify the definition of “Outstanding,” this Section 11.3(c), Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 6.10(e) or Article IX.

(d)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no Trustee shall enter into or consent to any amendment to this Trust Agreement that would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Notes to fail or cease to be treated as indebtedness of the Depositor for United States federal income tax purposes or that would cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption from status (or from any requirement to register) as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(e)

If any amendment to this Trust Agreement is made, the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee shall promptly provide to the Depositor and the Note Trustee a copy of such amendment.

(f)

No Trustee shall be required to enter into any amendment to this Trust Agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Trust Agreement.  The Trustees shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is in compliance with this Trust Agreement and all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been met.

(g)

No amendment or modification to this Trust Agreement that adversely affects in any material respect the rights, duties, liabilities, indemnities or immunities of the Delaware Trustee hereunder shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Delaware Trustee.

SECTION 11.4.

Separability.

If any provision in this Trust Agreement or in the Securities Certificates shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 11.5.

Governing Law.

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE TRUST, THE DEPOSITOR AND THE TRUSTEES WITH RESPECT TO THIS TRUST AGREEMENT AND THE TRUST SECURITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

SECTION 11.6.

Successors.

This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Depositor, the Trust and any Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Depositor that is permitted under

58

Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Depositor’s obligations hereunder, the Depositor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 11.7.

Headings.

The Article and Section headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 11.8.

Reports, Notices and Demands.

(a)

Any report, notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon any Holder or the Depositor may be given or served in writing delivered in person, or by reputable, overnight courier, by telecopy or by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the United States mail, addressed, (a) in the case of a Holder of Preferred Securities, to such Holder as such Holder’s name and address may appear on the Securities Register; and (b) in the case of the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, to Coastal Banking Company, Inc., 36 Sea Island Pkwy, Beaufort, South Carolina 29907, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as may be specified in a written notice by the Holder of all the Common Securities or the Depositor, as the case may be, to the Property Trustee. Such report, notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder or the Depositor shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, within one (1) Business Day following delivery by overnight courier, when telecopied with receipt confirmed, or within three (3) Business Days following delivery by mail, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

(b)

Any notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be given in writing by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the U.S. mail, personal delivery or facsimile transmission, addressed to such Person as follows: (a) with respect to the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, to Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets, facsimile no. (302) 636-4140; (b) with respect to the Administrative Trustees, to them at the address above for notices to the Depositor, marked “Attention: Administrative Trustees of Coastal Banking Company Trust II,” and (c) with respect to the Trust, to its principal execut ive office specified in Section 2.2, with a copy to the Property Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Trust, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees.

SECTION 11.9.

Agreement Not to Petition.

Each of the Trustees and the Depositor agree for the benefit of the Holders that, until at least one year and one day after the Trust has been terminated in accordance with Article IX, they shall not file, or join in the filing of, a petition against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law

59

or otherwise join in the commencement of any proceeding against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law. If the Depositor takes action in violation of this Section 11.9, the Property Trustee agrees, for the benefit of Holders, that at the expense of the Depositor, it shall file an answer with the applicable bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest the filing of such petition by the Depositor against the Trust or the commencement of such action and raise the defense that the Depositor has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as counsel for the Property Trustee or the Trust may assert.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

60

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.,
as Depositor
By:	/s/ Randoph C. Kohn
	Randoph C. Kohn Chief Executive Officer

Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee		Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee
By:	/s/ W. Thomas Morris, II	By:	/s/ W. Thomas Morris, II
	W. Thomas Morris, II		W. Thomas Morris, II Assistant Vice President
	Assistant Vice President
By:	/s/ Randoph C. Kohn	By:	/s/ James L. Pate
	Randoph C. Kohn Administrative Trustee		James L. Pate Administrative Trustee
By:	/s/ W. Gary Horn
	W. Gary Horn Administrative Trustee

Exhibit A

CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

OF

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST II

This Certificate of Trust of Coastal Banking Company Trust II  (the “Trust”) is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as trustees, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. §3801 et seq.) (the “Act”).

1.

Name.  The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is:  Coastal Banking Company Trust II.

2.

Delaware Trustee.  The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware are Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Capital Markets.

3.

Effective Date.  This Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
By:	/s/
	Name: Title:

Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Delaware Trustee
By:	/s/
	Name: Title:

A-1

Exhibit B

[FORM OF COMMON SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

THIS COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.  THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW AND SECTION 5.11 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

Certificate Number  C- _________ Common Securities

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities

of

Coastal Banking Company Trust II

Common Securities

(liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security)

Coastal Banking Company Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that ______________________  (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of ____________common securities of the Trust representing undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and designated the Coastal Banking Company Trust II Common Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the “Common Securities”). Except in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below), the Common Securities are not transferable and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer hereof other than in accordance therewith shall be void. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and t he Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of June 30, 2006, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among Coastal Banking Company, Inc., as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

B-1

This Common Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this ____ day of ________________.

Coastal Banking Company Trust II
By:	/s/
	Name: Administrative Trustee

B-2

Exhibit C

[FORM OF PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

“[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) OR A NOMINEE OF DTC.  THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR PREFERRED SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS PREFERRED SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST II OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY PREFERRED SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  EACH PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR THAT (A) SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE TRUST, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, OR (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE

C-1

SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF (III), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE TRUST AND THE DEPOSITOR TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ADDRESSING COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES LAWS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY PREFERRED SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE PREFERRED SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF THE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF OR DISTRIBUTIONS ON SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH PREFERRED SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN,  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS PREFERRED SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION O R ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE AND HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE PREFERRED SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR OTHER PLAN TO WHICH TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS

C-2

APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH FULL EXEMPTIVE RELIEF IS NOT AVAILABLE UNDER AN APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.

THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION.

C-3

Certificate Number  P- _________ Preferred Securities ________ Aggregate Liquidation Amount

CUSIP NO.

_______________

Certificate Evidencing Preferred Securities

of

Coastal Banking Company Trust II

Preferred Securities
(liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security)

Coastal Banking Company Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that ___________________ (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of ___________ Preferred Securities [if the Preferred Security is a Global Security, then insert--, or such other number of Preferred Securities represented hereby as may be set forth in the records of the Securities Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Trust Agreement (as defined below),] of the Trust representing an undivided preferred beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust and designated the Coastal Banking Company Trust II Preferred Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Preferred Security) (the “Preferred Securities”). The Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrende r of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in Section 5.7 of the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Preferred Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Preferred Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of the Trust, dated as of June 30, 2006, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Trust Agreement”), among Coastal Banking Company, Inc., a South Carolina corporation, as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein and the Holders, from time to time, of Trust Securities. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee Agreement entered into by Coastal Banking Company, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarant ee Trustee, dated as of June 30, 2006, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Guarantee Agreement”), to the extent provided therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of each of the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Property Trustee at its principal place of business or registered office.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

C-4

This Preferred Securities Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Preferred Securities Certificate are used with the meanings specified in the Trust Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed on behalf of the Trust this certificate this __ day of __________, ____.

Coastal Banking Company Trust II
By:	/s/
	Name: Administrative Trustee

This represents Preferred Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement.

Dated:	Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Property Trustee
	By:	/s/
		Authorized officer

C-5

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

The Trust promises to pay Distributions from June 30, 2006, or from the most recent Distribution Date to which Distributions have been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 30^th, June 30^th, September 30^th and December 30^th of each year, commencing on September 30, 2006, at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% of the Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities represented by this Preferred Securities Certificate through the Distribution Date in September, 2011 and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% of the Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities represented by this Preferred Securities Certificate, thereafter, together with any Additional Interest Amounts, in respect to such period.

Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Paying Agent from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

In the event (and to the extent) that the Depositor exercises its right under the Indenture to defer the payment of interest on the Notes, Distributions on the Preferred Securities shall be deferred.

Under the Indenture, so long as no Note Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of Section 5.1 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Depositor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Notes, to defer the payment of interest on the Notes for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Tax Sums that may be due and payable).  No interest on the Notes shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of s uch interest would be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate per annum equal to 7.182% through the Interest Payment Date in September, 2011, and a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 1.60% thereafter, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment.  If Distributions are deferred, the deferred Distributions (including Additional Interest Amounts) shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period terminates to Holders (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such termination date.

Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such Distributions in the Payment Account of the Trust.  The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Preferred Securities will be limited to payments received from the Depositor.  The payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Depositor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

C-6

During any such Extension Period, the Depositor shall not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Depositor’s Equity Interests, (ii) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (iii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Deposito r that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Notes (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Depositor in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Depositor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equity Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Depositor’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Depositor) for any class or series of the Depositor’s Equity Interests or of any class or series of the Depositor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Depositor’s Equity Interests, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Depositor pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan (as defined in the Indenture), the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same Equity Interests as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests).

On each Note Redemption Date, on the stated maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the Notes and on each other date on (or in respect of) which any principal on the Notes is repaid, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.  Under the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed by the Depositor on any Interest Payment Date, at the Depositor’s option, on or after September 30, 2011 in whole or in part from time to time at a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof or the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, to but excluding the date fixed for redemption; provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.  The Notes m ay also be redeemed by the Depositor, at its option, at any time, in whole but not in part, upon the occurrence of a Capital Disqualification Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event at the Special Event Redemption Price; provided, that the Depositor shall have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required.

The Trust Securities redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at

C-7

maturity of Notes. Redemptions of the Trust Securities (or portion thereof) shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.

Payments of Distributions (including any Additional Interest Amounts), the Redemption Price, Liquidation Amount or any other amounts in respect of the Preferred Securities shall be made by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.  If any Preferred Securities are held by a Depositary, such Distributions shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (as defined in the Indenture), and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto.

C-8

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Preferred Securities Certificate to:

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoints

agent to transfer this Preferred Securities Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
Signature:
	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Preferred Securities Certificate)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

C-9

Exhibit D

Junior Subordinated Indenture

D-1

Exhibit E

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED BY TRANSFEREES OTHER THAN QIBS

	__________, [     ]
Coastal Banking Company, Inc. Coastal Banking Company Trust II 36 Sea Island Pkwy Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Re:	Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of Preferred
	Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of Coastal Banking Company Trust II

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our purchase of the Preferred Securities we confirm that:

1.

We understand that the Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of Coastal Banking Company Trust II (the “Trust”) (including the guarantee (the “Guarantee”) of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the “Company”) executed in connection therewith) and the Junior Subordinated Notes due 2036 of the Company (the “Subordinated Notes”) (the Preferred Securities, the Guarantee and the Subordinated Notes together being referred to herein as the “Offered Securities”), have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing the Offered Securities that, if we decide to offer, sell or otherwise transfer any such Offered Securities, (i) such offer, sale or transfer will be made only (a) to the Trust, (b) to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” (a “QIB”) (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, or (c) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring Offered Securities for its own account, or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction and, in the case of (c), subject to the right of the Trust and the depositor to require an opinion of counsel and other information satisfactory to each of them.  If any resale or other trans fer of the Offered Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) above, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Property Trustee as Transfer Agent, which shall provide as applicable, among other things, that the transferee is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act that is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We acknowledge on our behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities that the Trust and the Company reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (c) to require the delivery of any opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Trust and the Company.  We understand that the certificates for

E-1

any Offered Security that we receive will bear a legend substantially to the effect of the foregoing.

2.

We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of subparagraph (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an “accredited investor,” and we are acquiring the Offered Securities for investment purposes and not with view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Offered Securities, and we and any account for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risks of our or its investment.

3.

We are acquiring the Offered Securities purchased by us for our own account (or for one or more accounts as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) and not with a view to any distribution of the Offered Securities, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property will at all times be and remain within our control.

4.

In the event that we purchase any Preferred Securities or any Subordinated Notes, we will acquire such Preferred Securities having an aggregate stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000 or such Subordinated Notes having an aggregate principal amount not less than $100,000, for our own account and for each separate account for which we are acting.

5.

We acknowledge that either (A) we are not and are not acting as a fiduciary of or on behalf of an employee benefit, individual retirement account or other plan or arrangement subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (each a “Plan”), or an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity, and are not purchasing the Offered Securities on behalf of or with “plan assets” by reason of any Plan’s investment in the entity; (B) we are eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the following prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) issued by the U.S. Department of Labor:  PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 or 84-14 or another applicable exemption; or (C) our purchase and holding of this security, or any interest therein, is not prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to such purchase or holding.

6.

We acknowledge that the Trust and the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements and agree that if any of the acknowledgments, representations, warranties and agreements deemed to have been made by our purchase of the Offered Securities are no longer accurate, we shall promptly notify the Company.  If we are acquiring any Offered Securities as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, we represent that we have sole discretion with respect to each such investor account and that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreement on behalf of each such investor account.

E-2

(Name of Purchaser)

By:  

Date:

Upon transfer, the Offered Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows.

Name:

Address:

Taxpayer ID Number:

E-3

Exhibit F

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE
TO BE EXECUTED FOR QIBs

	__________, [     ]
Coastal Banking Company, Inc. Coastal Banking Company Trust II 36 Sea Island Pkwy Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Re:	Purchase of $1,000 stated liquidation amount of
	Preferred Securities (the “Preferred Securities”) of Coastal Banking Company Trust II

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Coastal Banking Company Trust II, dated as of June 30, 2006 (the “Trust Agreement”), among Randolph C. Kohn, James L. Pate and W. Gary Horn, as Administrative Trustees, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Coastal Banking Company, Inc., as Depositor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of Coastal Banking Company Trust II.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Trust Agreement.

This letter relates to $________________________ aggregate liquidation amount of Preferred Securities which are held in the name of _____________ (the “Transferor”).

In accordance with Article V of the Trust Agreement, the Transferor hereby certifies that such Preferred Securities are being transferred in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Preferred Securities and (ii) Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Preferred Securities for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	(Name of Transferor)
	By:
		Name: Title:
Date:

F-1

Exhibit G

Form of Officer’s Financial Certificate

The undersigned, the [Chief Financial Officer] [Treasurer] [Executive Vice President] hereby certifies, pursuant to Section 8.16(b) of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the “Company”), Wilmington Trust Company, as property trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware trustee and the administrative trustees named therein, that, as of _______, 20__, the Company had the following ratios and balances:

BANK HOLDING COMPANY As of [Quarterly Financial Dates]
Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets	_________ %
Ratio of Double Leverage	_________ %
Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO	_________ %
Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets	_________ %
Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans	_________ %
Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans	_________ %
Return on Average Assets (annualized)	_________ %
Net Interest Margin (annualized)	_________ %
Efficiency Ratio	_________ %
Ratio of Loans to Assets	_________ %
Ratio of Loans to Deposits	_________ %
Double Leverage (exclude trust preferred as equity)	_________ %
Total Assets	$_________
Year to Date Income	$_________

* A table describing the quarterly report calculation procedures is attached.

[FOR FISCAL YEAR END: Attached hereto are the audited consolidated financial statements (including the balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, and notes thereto, together with the report of the independent accountants thereon) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the three years ended _______, 20__.]

[FOR FISCAL QUARTER END: Attached hereto are the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements (including the balance sheet and income statement) of the

G-1

Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and [six/nine] month period ended _______, 20___].

The financial statements fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the results of operations and changes in financial condition as of the date, and for the [___ quarter interim] [annual] period ended _______, 20__, and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved (expect as otherwise noted therein).

G-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Officer’s Financial Certificate as of this _____ day of _____________, 20__.

Name:

Title:

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Pkwy

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Tel: (843) 522-1228

G-3

Financial Definitions

BANK HOLDING COMPANY

Report Item	Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line Item corresponding Schedules	Description of Calculation
Tier 1 Risk Weighted Assets	BHCK7206 Schedule HC-R	Tier 1 Risk Ratio: Core Capital (Tier 1)/ Risk-Adjusted Assets
Ratio of Double Leverage	(BHCP0365)/(BCHCP3210) Schedule PC in the LP	Total equity investments in subsidiaries divided by the total equity capital. This field is calculated at the parent company level. “Subsidiaries” include bank, bank holding company, and non-bank subsidiaries.
Non-Performing Assets to Loans and OREO	(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507+BHCK2744/(BHCK2122+BHCK2744) Schedules HC-C, HC-M & HC-N	Total Nonperforming Assets (NPLs+Foreclosed Real Estate+Other Nonaccrual & Repossessed Assets)/Total Loans+Foreclosed Real Estate
Tangible Common Equity as a Percentage of Tangible Assets	(BHDM3210-BHCK3163)/(BHCK2170-BHCK3163) Schedule HC	(Equity Capital – Goodwill)/(Total Assets – Goodwill)
Ratio of Reserves to Non-Performing Loans	(BHCK3123+BHCK3128)/(BHCK5525-BHCK3506+BHCK5526-BHCK3507) Schedules HC & HC-N & HC-R	Total Loan Loss and Allocated Transfer Risk Reserves/ Total Nonperforming Loans (Nonaccrual + Restructured)
Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Loans	(BHCK4635-BHCK4605)/(BHCK3516) Schedules HI-B & HC-K	Net charge offs for the period as a percentage of average loans.

G-4

Report Item	Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line Item corresponding Schedules	Description of Calculation
Return on Average Assets (annualized)	(BHCK4340/BHCK3368) Schedules HI & HC-K	Net Income as a percentage of Assets.
Net Interest Margin (annualized)	(BHCK4519/(BHCK3515+BHCK3365+BHCK3516+BHCK3401+BHCKB985) Schedules HI Memorandum and HC-K	(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available/Average Earning Assets)
Efficiency Ratio	(BHCK4093)/(BHCK4519+BHCK4079) Schedule HI	(Non-interest Expense)/(Net Interest Income Fully Taxable Equivalent, if available, plus Non-interest Income)
Ratio of Loans to Assets	(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHCK2170) Schedule HC	Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Assets
Ratio of Loans to Deposits	(BHCKB528+BHCK5369)/(BHDM6631+BHDM6636+BHFN6631+BHFN6636) Schedule HC	Total Loans & Leases (Net of Unearned Income & Gross of Reserve)/Total Deposits (Includes Domestic and Foreign Deposits)

G-5

Report Item	Corresponding FRY-9C or LP Line Items with Line Item corresponding Schedules	Description of Calculation
Total Assets	(BHCK2170) Schedule HC	The sum of total assets. Includes cash and balances due from depository institutions; securities; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; loans and lease financing receivables; trading assets; premises and fixed assets; other real estate owned; investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies; customer’s liability on acceptances outstanding; intangible assets; and other assets.
Net Income	(BHCK4300) Schedule HI	The sum of income (loss)before extraordinary items and other adjustments and extraordinary items; and other adjustments, net of income taxes.

G-1

Exhibit H

FORM OF

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

UNDER

SECTION 8.16(a)

Pursuant to Section 8.16(a) of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the “Trust Agreement”) of Coastal Banking Company Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to the knowledge of the undersigned, none of the Depositor, the Administrative Trustees and the Trust are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Trust Agreement) for the fiscal period ending on _________, 20__ [, except as follows: specify each such default and the nature and status thereof].

Capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Trust Agreement.

[signatures appear on the next page]

H-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Officers’ Certificate as of __________, 20__.

	Name: Title: [Must be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or an Executive Vice President] of Coastal Banking Company, Inc.
	Name: Title: [Must be the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer] of Coastal Banking Company, Inc.
	Administrative Trustee of Coastal Banking Company Trust II Name:
	Administrative Trustee of Coastal Banking Company Trust II Name:
Administrative Trustee of Coastal Banking Company Trust II Name:

H-2

Schedule A

With respect to the Trust Securities, the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1)

On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to a Distribution Date (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date”), LIBOR for any given security shall, for the following distribution period, equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2)

If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations.  If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quota tions that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided, that if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3)

As used herein: “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and “LIBOR Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.

Schedule A-1

EX-4.8

Exhibit 4.8

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

between

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.,
As Guarantor,

and

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
As Guarantee Trustee

Dated as of June 30, 2006






COASTAL BANKING COMPANY TRUST II

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

2

SECTION 1.1

Interpretation.

2

SECTION 1.2

Definitions.

2

ARTICLE II REPORTS

6

SECTION 2.1

List of Holders.

6

SECTION 2.2

Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

6

SECTION 2.3

Event of Default; Waiver.

6

SECTION 2.4

Event of Default; Notice.

6

ARTICLE III POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

7

SECTION 3.1

Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

7

SECTION 3.2

Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

8

SECTION 3.3

Compensation.

10

SECTION 3.4

Indemnity.

10

SECTION 3.5

Securities.

11

ARTICLE IV GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

11

SECTION 4.1

Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

11

SECTION 4.2

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

12

ARTICLE V GUARANTEE

12

SECTION 5.1

Guarantee.

12

SECTION 5.2

Waiver of Notice and Demand.

13

SECTION 5.3

Obligations Not Affected.

13

SECTION 5.4

Rights of Holders.

14

SECTION 5.5

Guarantee of Payment.

14

SECTION 5.6

Subrogation.

14

SECTION 5.7

Independent Obligations.

14

SECTION 5.8

Enforcement.

15

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

15

SECTION 6.1

Dividends, Distributions and Payments.

15

SECTION 6.2

Subordination.

16

SECTION 6.3

Pari Passu Guarantees.

16

ARTICLE VII TERMINATION

16

SECTION 7.1

Termination.

16

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS

17

SECTION 8.1

Successors and Assigns.

17

SECTION 8.2

Amendments.

17

SECTION 8.3

Notices.

17

i

SECTION 8.4

Benefit.

18

SECTION 8.5

Governing Law.

18

SECTION 8.6

Submission to Jurisdiction.

18

SECTION 8.7

Counterparts; Facsimile.

19

ii

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 30, 2006, executed and delivered by COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC., a South Carolina corporation (the “Guarantor”) having its principal office at 36 Sea Island Pkwy, Beaufort, South Carolina, 29907, and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as defined herein) of Coastal Banking Company Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Trust Agreement”), among the Guarantor, as Depositor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein and the holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Issuer is issuing $4,000,000 aggregate Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of its Preferred Securities (Liquidation Amount $1,000 per preferred security) (the “Preferred Securities”) representing preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer and having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Preferred Securities will be issued by the Issuer and the proceeds thereof, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Issuer’s Common Securities (as defined below), will be used to purchase the Notes (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Guarantor; and

WHEREAS, as incentive for the Holders to purchase Preferred Securities the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth herein, to pay to the Holders of the Preferred Securities the Guarantee Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of Preferred Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement to provide as follows for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Preferred Securities:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1

Interpretation.

In this Guarantee Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)

capitalized terms used in this Guarantee Agreement but not defined in the preamble hereto have the respective meanings assigned to them in Section 1.2;

(b)

the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

(c)

all references to “the Guarantee Agreement” or “this Guarantee Agreement” are to this Guarantee Agreement as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

(d)

all references in this Guarantee Agreement to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Guarantee Agreement unless otherwise specified;

(e)

the words “hereby”, “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Guarantee Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f)

a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

(g)

the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

SECTION 1.2

Definitions.

As used in this Guarantee Agreement, the terms set forth below shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; provided, that the Issuer shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Guarantor.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Beneficiaries” means any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or liable.

2

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Guarantor or any duly authorized committee of that board.

“Common Securities” means the securities representing common undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer.

“Debt” means with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred, and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obliga tion of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Guarantee Agreement or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options, swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

“Event of Default” means a default by the Guarantor on any of its payment or other obligations under this Guarantee Agreement; provided, that except with respect to a default in payment of any Guarantee Payments, the Guarantor shall have received notice of default from the Guarantee Trustee and shall not have cured such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice.

“Guarantee Payments” means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Preferred Securities, to the extent not paid or made by or on behalf of the Issuer: (i) any accumulated and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the Trust Agreement) required to be paid on the Preferred Securities, to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, (ii) the Redemption Price (as defined in the Trust Agreement) with respect to any Preferred Securities to the extent the Issuer shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary termination, winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, unless Notes are distributed to the Holders, the lesser of (a) the aggregate of the Liquidation Amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions on the Pr eferred Securities to the date of payment, to the extent that

3

the Issuer shall have funds available therefor at such time and (b) the amount of assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in liquidation of the Issuer after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Issuer in accordance with applicable law (in either case, the “Liquidation Distribution”).

“Guarantee Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company in its capacity as trustee hereunder, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee, as defined below, has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement, and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

“Holder” means any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Preferred Securities; provided, that, in determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of Preferred Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder” shall not include the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee or any Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.

“Indenture” means the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, as supplemented and amended, between the Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.

“List of Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

“Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities” means a vote by the Holder(s), voting separately as a class, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of all then outstanding Preferred Securities issued by the Issuer.

“Obligations” means any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to taxes) of the Issuer, other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders of any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Securities.

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President of such Person, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person, and delivered to the Guarantee Trustee.  Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 2.4) shall include:

(a)

a statement that each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b)

a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers’ Certificate;

4

(c)

a statement that each officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)

a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Financial Services Officer or Assistant Financial Services Officer or any other officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Guarantee Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Guarantee Agreement and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Senior Debt” means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Guarantor whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt of the Guarantor, whether incurred on or prior to the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Preferred Securities; provided, however, that if the Guarantor is subject to the regulation and supervision of an “appropriate Federal banking agency” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(q), the Guarantor shall have received the approval of such appropriate Federal banking agency prior to issuing any such obligation if not otherwise generally approved; provided further, that Senior Debt shall not include any other debt securities, and guarantees in respect of such debt securities, issued to any trust other than the Issuer (or a trustee of such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Guarantor that is a financing vehicle of the Guarantor (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to this Guarantee Agreement, including, without limitation, securities issued by Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I.

“Successor Guarantee Trustee” means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.

5

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date of this Guarantee Agreement.

Capitalized or otherwise defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

ARTICLE II

REPORTS

SECTION 2.1

List of Holders.

The Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee at such times as the Guarantee Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a list, in such form as the Guarantee Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders (the “List of Holders”) as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Guarantor and is not identical to a previously supplied list of Holders or has not otherwise been received by the Guarantee Trustee in its capacity as such.  The Guarantee Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.

SECTION 2.2

Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

The Guarantor shall deliver to the Guarantee Trustee, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor ending after the date of this Guarantee Agreement, an Officers’ Certificate covering the preceding fiscal year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Guarantor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms or provisions or any of the conditions of this Guarantee Agreement (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Guarantor shall be in default thereof, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they have knowledge.

SECTION 2.3

Event of Default; Waiver.

The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences.  Upon such waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent therefrom.

6

SECTION 2.4

Event of Default; Notice.

(a)

The Guarantee Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of a default, transmit to the Holders notices of all defaults actually known to the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice, provided, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of a Guarantee Payment, the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.  For the purpose of this Section 2.4, the term “default” means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

(b)

The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Guarantee Agreement shall have received written notice, of such default or Event of Default from the Guarantor or a Holder.

ARTICLE III

POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 3.1

Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)

This Guarantee Agreement shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee Agreement to any Person except a Holder exercising its rights pursuant to Section 5.4(d) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Successor Guarantee Trustee.  The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment hereunder, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b)

The rights, immunities, duties and responsibilities of the Guarantee Trustee shall be as provided by this Guarantee Agreement and there shall be no other duties or obligations, express or implied, of the Guarantee Trustee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provisions of this Guarantee Agreement shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.  Whether or not herein expressly so

provided, every provision of this Guarantee Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Guarantee Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 3.1.  To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Guarantee Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Guarantor or the Holders, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Guarantee Trustee’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement.  The provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Guarantor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Guarantee Trustee.

(c)

No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or own willful misconduct, except that:

(i)

the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made; and

(ii)

the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.2

Certain Rights of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1:

(i)

the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

(ii)

any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein;

(iii)

the Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken

2

by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice.  Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may be one of its employees.  The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(iv)

the Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; provided, that, nothing contained in this Section 3.2(a)(iv) shall be taken to relieve the Guarantee Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement;

(v)

the Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Guarantee Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney;

(vi)

the Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(vii)

whenever in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and (C) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(viii)

except as otherwise expressly provided by this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall not be under any obligation to

3

take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement;

(ix)

whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers’ Certificate which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee Trustee, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor; and

(x)

the Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument or other writing (or any rerecording, refilling or reregistration thereof).

(b)

No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.  No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty to act in accordance with such power and authority.

SECTION 3.3

Compensation.

The Guarantor agrees to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provisions of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its attorneys and agents) incurred or made by the Guarantee Trustee in accordance with any provisions of this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.4

Indemnity.

The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Guarantee Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any of its Affiliates and any of their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, representatives or agents from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.3), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Guarantee Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder.  The Guarantee Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any

4

Guarantee Payments as a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement.  This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Guarantee Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

In no event shall the Guarantee Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo or government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement.

SECTION 3.5

Securities.

The Guarantee Trustee or any other agent of the Guarantee Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Common or Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.1

Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a)

There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i)

not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii)

be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 4.1, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b)

If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c).

5

(c)

If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2(c).

SECTION 4.2

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a)

Subject to Section 4.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without cause at any time by the Guarantor, except during an Event of Default.

(b)

The Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor.

(c)

The Guarantee Trustee appointed hereunder shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation.  The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

(d)

If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 4.2 within thirty (30) days after delivery to the Guarantor of an instrument of resignation, the resigning Guarantee Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Guarantor, any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee.  Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

ARTICLE V

GUARANTEE

SECTION 5.1

Guarantee.

(a)

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by or on behalf of the Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except for the defense of payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim which the Issuer may have or assert.  The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such

6

amounts to the Holders.  The Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Guarantee Trustee in the event it makes any direct payment to the Holders hereunder.

(b)

The Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer, and, in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and all Obligations to such Beneficiaries.  This Guarantee is intended to be for the Beneficiaries who have received notice hereof.

SECTION 5.2

Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of the Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Guarantee Trustee, Issuer or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

SECTION 5.3

Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

(a)

the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Preferred Securities to be performed or observed by the Issuer;

(b)

the extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the Distributions (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Notes as provided in the Indenture), Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Preferred Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Preferred Securities;

(c)

any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Securities, or any action on the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d)

the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the Issuer;

7

(e)

any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Preferred Securities;

(f)

the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g)

any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 5.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 5.4

Rights of Holders.

The Guarantor expressly acknowledges that: (a) this Guarantee Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee to be held for the benefit of the Holders; (b) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (c) the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and (d) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under this Guarantee Agreement, without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee, the Issuer or any other Person.

SECTION 5.5

Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee Agreement creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.  This Guarantee Agreement will not be discharged except by payment of the Guarantee Payments in full (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Issuer) or upon distribution of Notes to Holders as provided in the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 5.6

Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement and shall have the right to waive payment by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.1; provided, that, the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee Agreement, if, at the time of any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

8

SECTION 5.7

Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Preferred Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3.

SECTION 5.8

Enforcement.

A Beneficiary may enforce the Obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section 5.1(b) directly against the Guarantor, and the Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

SECTION 6.1

Dividends, Distributions and Payments.

So long as any Preferred Securities remain outstanding, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or the Guarantor shall have entered into an Extension Period as provided for in the Indenture and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Guarantor may not (a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests (as defined in the Indenture), (b) vote in favor of or permit or otherwise allow any of its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) to declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to or otherwise retire, any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests entitling the holders thereof to a stated rate of return < /A>other than dividends or distributions on Equity Interests payable to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, whether such Equity Interests are perpetual or otherwise), or (c) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Guarantor that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the junior subordinated notes issued by the Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture (other than (i) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Equity Interests of the Guarantor in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase or similar plan with respect to any Equity Interests or (3) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Guarantor (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such Equit y Interests) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of such Event of Default or the applicable Extension Period, (ii) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests (or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests or any class of series of the

9

Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Guarantor’s Equity Interests, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in Equity Interests of the Guarantor pursuant to the conversions or exchange provisions of such Equity Interests or the security being converted or exchanged, (iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, the issuance of rights, Equity Interests or other property under any rights plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (v) any dividend in the form of Equity Interests, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend Equity Interests or the Equity Interests issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same Equity Interests as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such Equity Interests).

SECTION 6.2

Subordination.

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement will constitute unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor.

SECTION 6.3

Pari Passu Guarantees.

(a)

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor with respect to preferred securities (if any) similar to the Preferred Securities, issued by trusts other than the Issuer established or to be established by the Guarantor (if any), in each case similar to the Issuer, including, without limitation, the Guarantee Agreement, dated May 17, 2004, issued by the Guarantor with respect to the preferred securities issued by Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I.

(b)

The right of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary.  Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including Senior Debt of the Guarantor, under any indenture or agreement that the Guarantor may enter into in the future or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

SECTION 7.1

Termination.

This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) full payment of the Redemption Price of all Preferred Securities, (b) the

10

distribution of Notes to the Holders in exchange for all of the Preferred Securities or (c) full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Trust Agreement upon liquidation of the Issuer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guarantee Agreement will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder must restore payment of any sums paid with respect to Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement.  The obligations of the Guarantor under Sections 3.3 and 3.4 shall survive any such termination or the resignation and removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 8.1

Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Preferred Securities then outstanding.  Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Guarantor that is permitted under Article VIII of the Indenture and pursuant to which the successor or assignee agrees in writing to perform the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall not assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior approval of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 8.2

Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which case no consent of the Holders will be required), this Guarantee Agreement may only be amended with the prior approval of the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Preferred Securities.  The provisions of Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings or consents of the Holders shall apply to the giving of such approval.

SECTION 8.3

Notices.

Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail as follows:

(a)

if given to the Guarantor, to the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantor may give by notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Pkwy

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Facsimile No.: (843) 522-6829

11

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

(b)

if given to the Issuer, at the Issuer’s address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Issuer may give by notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

Coastal Banking Company Trust II

c/o Coastal Banking Company, Inc.

36 Sea Island Pkwy

Beaufort, South Carolina 29907

Facsimile No.: (843) 522-6829

Attention: Administrative Trustee

(c)

if given to the Guarantee Trustee, at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address, facsimile number or to the attention of such other Person as the Guarantee Trustee may give by notice to the Guarantor and the Holders:

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001

Facsimile No.: (302) 636-4140

Attention: Corporate Capital Markets

(d)

if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Issuer.

All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

SECTION 8.4

Benefit.

This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and is not separately transferable from the Preferred Securities.

SECTION 8.5

Governing Law.

This Guarantee Agreement and the rights and obligations of each party hereto, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law).

12

SECTION 8.6

Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

SECTION 8.7

Counterparts; Facsimile.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Guarantee Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Guarantee Agreement as of the date first above written.

COASTAL BANKING COMPANY, INC.
By:	/s/ Randoph C. Kohn
	Randoph C. Kohn Chief Executive Officer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Guarantee Trustee
By:	/s/ W. Thomas Morris, II
	W. Thomas Morris, II Assistant Vice President

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

First National Bank of Nassau County

Lowcountry National Bank

Coastal Banking Company Statutory Trust I

Coastal Banking Company Trust II

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in (a) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-122885) pertaining to the Coastal Banking Company, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and (b) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-129223) pertaining to the Coastal Banking Company, Inc. / First Capital Bank Holding Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan our report dated March 26, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2006 and our report dated March 14, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

/s/ Mauldin & Jenkins, LLC

Albany, Georgia

March 14, 2008

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

(SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

I, Michael G. Sanchez, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 17, 2008	/s/ Michael G. Sanchez
	Michael G. Sanchez
	Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

(SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

I, Paul R. Garrigues, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Coastal Banking Company, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the small business issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f)) for the small business issuer and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the small business issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the small business issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the small business issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the small business issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The small business issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the small business issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the small business issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the small business issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the small business issuer's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 17, 2008	/s/ Paul R. Garrigues
	Paul R. Garrigues
	Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 (AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

In connection with the annual report of Coastal Banking Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2007  as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael G. Sanchez , certify to my knowledge and in my capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and,

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.

Date: March 17, 2008	/s/ Michael G. Sanchez
	Michael G. Sanchez
	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Paul R. Garrigues

Paul R. Garrigues

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

(ii) A certification furnished pursuant to this Item will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the small business issuer specifically incorporates it by reference.